US20230147035A1 - Prostate-specific membrane antigen targeted high-affinity agents for endoradiotherapy of prostate cancer - Google Patents
Prostate-specific membrane antigen targeted high-affinity agents for endoradiotherapy of prostate cancer Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20230147035A1 US20230147035A1 US18/049,288 US202218049288A US2023147035A1 US 20230147035 A1 US20230147035 A1 US 20230147035A1 US 202218049288 A US202218049288 A US 202218049288A US 2023147035 A1 US2023147035 A1 US 2023147035A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- group
- psma
- tumor
- compound
- cell
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Pending
Links
- 102100041003 Glutamate carboxypeptidase 2 Human genes 0.000 title claims abstract description 145
- 101000892862 Homo sapiens Glutamate carboxypeptidase 2 Proteins 0.000 title claims abstract description 141
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 title abstract description 101
- 206010060862 Prostate cancer Diseases 0.000 title abstract description 21
- 208000000236 Prostatic Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 title abstract description 21
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims description 181
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims description 140
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 claims description 123
- -1 64Cu Chemical compound 0.000 claims description 112
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims description 72
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 39
- 239000002738 chelating agent Substances 0.000 claims description 37
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 27
- OHSVLFRHMCKCQY-NJFSPNSNSA-N lutetium-177 Chemical compound [177Lu] OHSVLFRHMCKCQY-NJFSPNSNSA-N 0.000 claims description 26
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 16
- 229920001481 poly(stearyl methacrylate) Polymers 0.000 claims description 13
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 claims description 12
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 11
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 claims description 11
- 125000003107 substituted aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 11
- 125000004178 (C1-C4) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000003161 (C1-C6) alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000000732 arylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000002993 cycloalkylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 9
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 claims description 8
- 208000023958 prostate neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims description 8
- 238000001959 radiotherapy Methods 0.000 claims description 8
- AWJUIBRHMBBTKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N iso-quinoline Natural products C1=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 AWJUIBRHMBBTKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- 150000002537 isoquinolines Chemical class 0.000 claims description 7
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Substances C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- 150000003222 pyridines Chemical class 0.000 claims description 7
- 150000003536 tetrazoles Chemical class 0.000 claims description 7
- 230000004614 tumor growth Effects 0.000 claims description 7
- 229910052702 rhenium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 4
- 210000004602 germ cell Anatomy 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010006187 Breast cancer Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000026310 Breast neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 206010061968 Gastric neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 229910052689 Holmium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000008839 Kidney Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 206010061902 Pancreatic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 229910052772 Samarium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 2
- 206010039491 Sarcoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000007097 Urinary Bladder Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000029742 colonic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 2
- 229910052733 gallium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000005017 glioblastoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 229910052738 indium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 2
- 229910052745 lead Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000020816 lung neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000037841 lung tumor Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 201000001441 melanoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000025402 neoplasm of esophagus Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 201000002528 pancreatic cancer Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000028591 pheochromocytoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 229910052706 scandium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 2
- 229910052727 yttrium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 2
- 229910052726 zirconium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 2
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 72
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 57
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 46
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 43
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 43
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 42
- RSTDSVVLNYFDHY-IOCOTODDSA-K 2-[4-[2-[[4-[[(2S)-1-[[(5S)-5-carboxy-5-[[(1S)-1,3-dicarboxypropyl]carbamoylamino]pentyl]amino]-3-naphthalen-2-yl-1-oxopropan-2-yl]carbamoyl]cyclohexyl]methylamino]-2-oxoethyl]-7,10-bis(carboxylatomethyl)-1,4,7,10-tetrazacyclododec-1-yl]acetate lutetium-177(3+) Chemical compound [177Lu+3].OC(=O)CC[C@H](NC(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCNC(=O)[C@H](Cc1ccc2ccccc2c1)NC(=O)C1CCC(CNC(=O)CN2CCN(CC([O-])=O)CCN(CC([O-])=O)CCN(CC([O-])=O)CC2)CC1)C(O)=O)C(O)=O RSTDSVVLNYFDHY-IOCOTODDSA-K 0.000 description 38
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-WFGJKAKNSA-N Dimethyl sulfoxide Chemical compound [2H]C([2H])([2H])S(=O)C([2H])([2H])[2H] IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-WFGJKAKNSA-N 0.000 description 38
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 35
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 33
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 31
- 210000003734 kidney Anatomy 0.000 description 31
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 30
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 30
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 29
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 29
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 description 27
- JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA) Chemical compound CCN(C(C)C)C(C)C JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 26
- 238000002330 electrospray ionisation mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 26
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 26
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 25
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 24
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 24
- 238000005160 1H NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 21
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 21
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 21
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 20
- XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Urea Chemical compound NC(N)=O XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 20
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 20
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 17
- 125000004404 heteroalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 17
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 17
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 description 17
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 17
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 16
- 210000003079 salivary gland Anatomy 0.000 description 16
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 15
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 15
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 15
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 14
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 14
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 14
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 14
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 14
- 125000000592 heterocycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 14
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 14
- 238000002603 single-photon emission computed tomography Methods 0.000 description 14
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 14
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 13
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 13
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 description 13
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 12
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 12
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 12
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 12
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 12
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 12
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 12
- 230000004083 survival effect Effects 0.000 description 12
- 238000013170 computed tomography imaging Methods 0.000 description 11
- 210000004561 lacrimal apparatus Anatomy 0.000 description 11
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 11
- 238000000163 radioactive labelling Methods 0.000 description 11
- 125000000547 substituted alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 11
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- 239000004202 carbamide Substances 0.000 description 10
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 10
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 description 10
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 10
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 10
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 10
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 9
- 235000013877 carbamide Nutrition 0.000 description 9
- 229910002092 carbon dioxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 9
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 9
- NVGJGYZKXBLIKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 3,5-dibromo-4-hydroxybenzoate Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC(Br)=C(O)C(Br)=C1 NVGJGYZKXBLIKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 description 9
- 210000000952 spleen Anatomy 0.000 description 9
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000012043 crude product Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000034994 death Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000000543 intermediate Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000011362 radionuclide therapy Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 108010088751 Albumins Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 102000009027 Albumins Human genes 0.000 description 7
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 239000004472 Lysine Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 7
- 125000003710 aryl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 238000004440 column chromatography Methods 0.000 description 7
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 7
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 description 7
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000003439 radiotherapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000000741 silica gel Substances 0.000 description 7
- 229910002027 silica gel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 7
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 7
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 7
- XSVWFLQICKPQAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[4,10-bis(carboxymethyl)-7-[2-(2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl)oxy-2-oxoethyl]-1,4,7,10-tetrazacyclododec-1-yl]acetic acid Chemical compound C1CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(=O)O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CCN1CC(=O)ON1C(=O)CCC1=O XSVWFLQICKPQAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N Ascorbic acid Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 125000003917 carbamoyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 6
- 230000000052 comparative effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000021615 conjugation Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 6
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 6
- 210000004072 lung Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 238000009206 nuclear medicine Methods 0.000 description 6
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 description 6
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000011887 Necropsy Methods 0.000 description 5
- 229940024606 amino acid Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 5
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 5
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 239000012216 imaging agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 5
- 210000004185 liver Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 210000003205 muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 210000000496 pancreas Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 239000012217 radiopharmaceutical Substances 0.000 description 5
- 210000002784 stomach Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 210000003932 urinary bladder Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 125000006281 4-bromobenzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1Br)C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 4
- USFZMSVCRYTOJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonium acetate Chemical compound N.CC(O)=O USFZMSVCRYTOJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 208000012766 Growth delay Diseases 0.000 description 4
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- QPCDCPDFJACHGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-bis{2-[bis(carboxymethyl)amino]ethyl}glycine Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(=O)O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O QPCDCPDFJACHGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000003282 alkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000002102 aryl alkyloxo group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000004104 aryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 210000000988 bone and bone Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 125000006278 bromobenzyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229940126214 compound 3 Drugs 0.000 description 4
- DDRJAANPRJIHGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N creatinine Chemical compound CN1CC(=O)NC1=N DDRJAANPRJIHGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 4
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 4
- ZWIBGKZDAWNIFC-UHFFFAOYSA-N disuccinimidyl suberate Chemical compound O=C1CCC(=O)N1OC(=O)CCCCCCC(=O)ON1C(=O)CCC1=O ZWIBGKZDAWNIFC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000008298 dragée Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 4
- PTCGDEVVHUXTMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N flutolanil Chemical compound CC(C)OC1=CC=CC(NC(=O)C=2C(=CC=CC=2)C(F)(F)F)=C1 PTCGDEVVHUXTMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229940093915 gynecological organic acid Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 210000002216 heart Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 125000004474 heteroalkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000001183 hydrocarbyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 206010061289 metastatic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 description 4
- 235000005985 organic acids Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 description 4
- 229960003330 pentetic acid Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 210000002381 plasma Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000000651 prodrug Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229940002612 prodrug Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 229940121896 radiopharmaceutical Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 230000002799 radiopharmaceutical effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000003595 spectral effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000004434 sulfur atom Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 4
- 210000001550 testis Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 238000004809 thin layer chromatography Methods 0.000 description 4
- 210000005239 tubule Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 4
- JLVSRWOIZZXQAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3-disulfanylpropane-1-sulfonic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)CC(S)CS JLVSRWOIZZXQAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- UDOPJKHABYSVIX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[4,7,10-tris(carboxymethyl)-6-[(4-isothiocyanatophenyl)methyl]-1,4,7,10-tetrazacyclododec-1-yl]acetic acid Chemical compound C1N(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(=O)O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)C1CC1=CC=C(N=C=S)C=C1 UDOPJKHABYSVIX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WVDDGKGOMKODPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzyl alcohol Chemical compound OCC1=CC=CC=C1 WVDDGKGOMKODPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon dioxide Chemical compound O=C=O CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108090000369 Glutamate Carboxypeptidase II Proteins 0.000 description 3
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 3
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lysine Natural products NCCCCC(N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- NMHBQNDLYAMSCX-UHFFFAOYSA-N ON1C(CCC1=O)=O.C(=O)(OC(C)(C)C)C(C(=O)O)CCCCN Chemical compound ON1C(CCC1=O)=O.C(=O)(OC(C)(C)C)C(C(=O)O)CCCCN NMHBQNDLYAMSCX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108010037516 PSMA-617 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000011579 SCID mouse model Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 3
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sulfate Chemical compound [O-]S([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 3
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000004453 alkoxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-acetylene Natural products C#C HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- QCTBMLYLENLHLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N aminomethylbenzoic acid Chemical compound NCC1=CC=C(C(O)=O)C=C1 QCTBMLYLENLHLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229960003375 aminomethylbenzoic acid Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000003098 androgen Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000003466 anti-cipated effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229960005070 ascorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 3
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid group Chemical group C(C1=CC=CC=C1)(=O)O WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 239000012148 binding buffer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000004820 blood count Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000011203 carbon fibre reinforced carbon Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000003021 clonogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000002860 competitive effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229940125904 compound 1 Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000000392 cycloalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000004663 dialkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 150000004662 dithiols Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000003480 eluent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 125000002534 ethynyl group Chemical group [H]C#C* 0.000 description 3
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 description 3
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229960002989 glutamic acid Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 3
- 239000012442 inert solvent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000011835 investigation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000005342 ion exchange Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000002503 metabolic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000001570 methylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])[*:2] 0.000 description 3
- 238000010172 mouse model Methods 0.000 description 3
- 231100000417 nephrotoxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 230000009437 off-target effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 230000002285 radioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000002287 radioligand Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000004007 reversed phase HPLC Methods 0.000 description 3
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 210000000813 small intestine Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 238000010186 staining Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000003718 tetrahydrofuranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 125000005309 thioalkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 description 3
- 210000003462 vein Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 229920002554 vinyl polymer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- JBHPLHATEXGMQR-LFWIOBPJSA-N vipivotide tetraxetan Chemical compound OC(=O)CC[C@H](NC(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCNC(=O)[C@H](CC1=CC=C2C=CC=CC2=C1)NC(=O)[C@H]1CC[C@H](CNC(=O)CN2CCN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC2)CC1)C(O)=O)C(O)=O JBHPLHATEXGMQR-LFWIOBPJSA-N 0.000 description 3
- GHYOCDFICYLMRF-UTIIJYGPSA-N (2S,3R)-N-[(2S)-3-(cyclopenten-1-yl)-1-[(2R)-2-methyloxiran-2-yl]-1-oxopropan-2-yl]-3-hydroxy-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)-2-[[(2S)-2-[(2-morpholin-4-ylacetyl)amino]propanoyl]amino]propanamide Chemical compound C1(=CCCC1)C[C@@H](C(=O)[C@@]1(OC1)C)NC([C@H]([C@@H](C1=CC=C(C=C1)OC)O)NC([C@H](C)NC(CN1CCOCC1)=O)=O)=O GHYOCDFICYLMRF-UTIIJYGPSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BYBCIVKIWIFVFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[4,10-bis(carboxymethyl)-7-(2,6-dioxooxan-3-yl)-1,4,7,10-tetrazacyclododec-1-yl]acetic acid Chemical compound C1CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(=O)O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CCN1C1C(=O)OC(=O)CC1 BYBCIVKIWIFVFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JHALWMSZGCVVEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[4,7-bis(carboxymethyl)-1,4,7-triazonan-1-yl]acetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CN1CCN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC1 JHALWMSZGCVVEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000003903 2-propenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000001494 2-propynyl group Chemical group [H]C#CC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 125000004105 2-pyridyl group Chemical group N1=C([*])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 2
- VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-Dimethylaminopyridine Chemical compound CN(C)C1=CC=NC=C1 VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000006483 4-iodobenzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1I)C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia Chemical compound N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O Ammonium Chemical compound [NH4+] QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 2
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 2
- 108091003079 Bovine Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Busulfan Chemical compound CS(=O)(=O)OCCCCOS(C)(=O)=O COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FERIUCNNQQJTOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butyric acid Chemical group CCCC(O)=O FERIUCNNQQJTOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010078791 Carrier Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000283086 Equidae Species 0.000 description 2
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Chemical compound NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000001554 Hemoglobins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010054147 Hemoglobins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 2
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen bromide Chemical compound Br CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002211 L-ascorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000000069 L-ascorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 2
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010027476 Metastases Diseases 0.000 description 2
- WHNWPMSKXPGLAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Vinyl-2-pyrrolidone Chemical compound C=CN1CCCC1=O WHNWPMSKXPGLAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000005481 NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000011789 NOD SCID mouse Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012879 PET imaging Methods 0.000 description 2
- OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorus Chemical compound [P] OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 2
- CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Carbonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C([O-])=O CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 241000282887 Suidae Species 0.000 description 2
- 201000011648 T-cell childhood lymphoblastic lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000020982 T-lymphoblastic lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tartaric Acid Chemical class [H+].[H+].[O-]C(=O)C(O)C(O)C([O-])=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titan oxide Chemical compound O=[Ti]=O GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N Trichloro(2H)methane Chemical compound [2H]C(Cl)(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YZCKVEUIGOORGS-NJFSPNSNSA-N Tritium Chemical compound [3H] YZCKVEUIGOORGS-NJFSPNSNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PNNCWTXUWKENPE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [N].NC(N)=O Chemical compound [N].NC(N)=O PNNCWTXUWKENPE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000002835 absorbance Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000009102 absorption Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000004442 acylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000278 alkyl amino alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- LBDSXVIYZYSRII-IGMARMGPSA-N alpha-particle Chemical compound [4He+2] LBDSXVIYZYSRII-IGMARMGPSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000012223 aqueous fraction Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000006615 aromatic heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000002029 aromatic hydrocarbon group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000005161 aryl oxy carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004159 blood analysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- BEWYHVAWEKZDPP-UHFFFAOYSA-N bornane Chemical compound C1CC2(C)CCC1C2(C)C BEWYHVAWEKZDPP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000001569 carbon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940125797 compound 12 Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229940125782 compound 2 Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229940125898 compound 5 Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229940109239 creatinine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- WZHCOOQXZCIUNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclandelate Chemical compound C1C(C)(C)CC(C)CC1OC(=O)C(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WZHCOOQXZCIUNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001316 cycloalkyl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000582 cycloheptyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- MGNZXYYWBUKAII-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexa-1,3-diene Chemical compound C1CC=CC=C1 MGNZXYYWBUKAII-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZSWFCLXCOIISFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclopentadiene Chemical compound C1C=CC=C1 ZSWFCLXCOIISFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000004186 cyclopropylmethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(*)C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- NNBZCPXTIHJBJL-UHFFFAOYSA-N decalin Chemical compound C1CCCC2CCCCC21 NNBZCPXTIHJBJL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000012470 diluted sample Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010828 elution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000029142 excretion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000012091 fetal bovine serum Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000945 filler Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000003818 flash chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000004907 gland Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 229940049906 glutamate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 125000001188 haloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007490 hematoxylin and eosin (H&E) staining Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010253 intravenous injection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000002429 large intestine Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000001325 log-rank test Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 2
- 159000000003 magnesium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000004949 mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004060 metabolic process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001394 metastastic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 208000010658 metastatic prostate carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 2
- 125000004184 methoxymethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])OC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 125000004092 methylthiomethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])SC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 238000013508 migration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000005012 migration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000004573 morpholin-4-yl group Chemical group N1(CCOCC1)* 0.000 description 2
- GVOISEJVFFIGQE-YCZSINBZSA-N n-[(1r,2s,5r)-5-[methyl(propan-2-yl)amino]-2-[(3s)-2-oxo-3-[[6-(trifluoromethyl)quinazolin-4-yl]amino]pyrrolidin-1-yl]cyclohexyl]acetamide Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@@H]1C[C@H](N(C)C(C)C)CC[C@@H]1N1C(=O)[C@@H](NC=2C3=CC(=CC=C3N=CN=2)C(F)(F)F)CC1 GVOISEJVFFIGQE-YCZSINBZSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004108 n-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 125000004123 n-propyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 239000002105 nanoparticle Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000000440 neutrophil Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000003681 parotid gland Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001575 pathological effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000825 pharmaceutical preparation Substances 0.000 description 2
- OJMIONKXNSYLSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphorous acid Chemical class OP(O)O OJMIONKXNSYLSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000011574 phosphorus Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000704 physical effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000004962 physiological condition Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000003367 polycyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000003389 potentiating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002953 preparative HPLC Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 2
- RXWNCPJZOCPEPQ-NVWDDTSBSA-N puromycin Chemical compound C1=CC(OC)=CC=C1C[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](N2C3=NC=NC(=C3N=C2)N(C)C)O[C@@H]1CO RXWNCPJZOCPEPQ-NVWDDTSBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000000700 radioactive tracer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000376 reactant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006722 reduction reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000000717 sertoli cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- BEOOHQFXGBMRKU-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium cyanoborohydride Chemical compound [Na+].[B-]C#N BEOOHQFXGBMRKU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000009870 specific binding Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000021595 spermatogenesis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- PXQLVRUNWNTZOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfanyl Chemical compound [SH] PXQLVRUNWNTZOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000011361 targeted radionuclide therapy Methods 0.000 description 2
- ILMRJRBKQSSXGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl(dimethyl)silicon Chemical group C[Si](C)C(C)(C)C ILMRJRBKQSSXGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000005931 tert-butyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(OC(*)=O)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000001412 tetrahydropyranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-butenedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=CC(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000004954 trialkylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- GETQZCLCWQTVFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethylamine Chemical compound CN(C)C GETQZCLCWQTVFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052722 tritium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 125000002221 trityl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1C([*])(C1=C(C(=C(C(=C1[H])[H])[H])[H])[H])C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 2
- 238000000108 ultra-filtration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000004417 unsaturated alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 210000005166 vasculature Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- SHAHPWSYJFYMRX-GDLCADMTSA-N (2S)-2-(4-{[(1R,2S)-2-hydroxycyclopentyl]methyl}phenyl)propanoic acid Chemical compound C1=CC([C@@H](C(O)=O)C)=CC=C1C[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)CCC1 SHAHPWSYJFYMRX-GDLCADMTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LFEGKCKGGNXWDV-LUOJOMRDSA-N (2S)-2-[[(1S)-1-carboxy-5-[(4-(131I)iodanylphenyl)carbamoylamino]pentyl]carbamoylamino]pentanedioic acid Chemical compound C(=O)(O)[C@H](CCCCNC(=O)NC1=CC=C(C=C1)[131I])NC(N[C@H](C(=O)O)CCC(=O)O)=O LFEGKCKGGNXWDV-LUOJOMRDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UPBUGWVRAMQVEU-KOPQTXDBSA-N (2S)-2-[[(1S)-5-[(4-bromophenyl)methyl-[5-[[4-carboxy-4-[4,7,10-tris(carboxymethyl)-1,4,7,10-tetrazacyclododec-1-yl]butanoyl]amino]pentanoyl]amino]-1-carboxypentyl]carbamoylamino]pentanedioic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC[C@H](NC(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN(Cc1ccc(Br)cc1)C(=O)CCCCNC(=O)CCC(N1CCN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC1)C(O)=O)C(O)=O)C(O)=O UPBUGWVRAMQVEU-KOPQTXDBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LNAZSHAWQACDHT-XIYTZBAFSA-N (2r,3r,4s,5r,6s)-4,5-dimethoxy-2-(methoxymethyl)-3-[(2s,3r,4s,5r,6r)-3,4,5-trimethoxy-6-(methoxymethyl)oxan-2-yl]oxy-6-[(2r,3r,4s,5r,6r)-4,5,6-trimethoxy-2-(methoxymethyl)oxan-3-yl]oxyoxane Chemical compound CO[C@@H]1[C@@H](OC)[C@H](OC)[C@@H](COC)O[C@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](OC)[C@@H](OC)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](OC)[C@H](OC)O[C@@H]2COC)OC)O[C@@H]1COC LNAZSHAWQACDHT-XIYTZBAFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OLWVRJUNLXQDSP-MVBOSPHXSA-N (2s)-2-[[(1s)-1-carboxy-5-[(6-fluoranylpyridine-3-carbonyl)amino]pentyl]carbamoylamino]pentanedioic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CCCCNC(=O)C1=CC=C([18F])N=C1 OLWVRJUNLXQDSP-MVBOSPHXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OAWMZFWZAARBIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N (4-iodophenyl)methylurea Chemical class IC1=CC=C(CNC(=O)N)C=C1 OAWMZFWZAARBIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GHOKWGTUZJEAQD-ZETCQYMHSA-N (D)-(+)-Pantothenic acid Chemical compound OCC(C)(C)[C@@H](O)C(=O)NCCC(O)=O GHOKWGTUZJEAQD-ZETCQYMHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DSSYKIVIOFKYAU-XCBNKYQSSA-N (R)-camphor Chemical compound C1C[C@@]2(C)C(=O)C[C@@H]1C2(C)C DSSYKIVIOFKYAU-XCBNKYQSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003088 (fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- KEIFWROAQVVDBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-dihydronaphthalene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=CCCC2=C1 KEIFWROAQVVDBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HNSDLXPSAYFUHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-bis(2-ethylhexyl) sulfosuccinate Chemical compound CCCCC(CC)COC(=O)CC(S(O)(=O)=O)C(=O)OCC(CC)CCCC HNSDLXPSAYFUHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IXPNQXFRVYWDDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methyl-2,4-dioxo-1,3-diazinane-5-carboximidamide Chemical compound CN1CC(C(N)=N)C(=O)NC1=O IXPNQXFRVYWDDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001637 1-naphthyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C2C(*)=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C2=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000530 1-propynyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C#C* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004214 1-pyrrolidinyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])N(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001462 1-pyrrolyl group Chemical group [*]N1C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 108010066465 177Lu-PSMA-617 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 125000004206 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(*)C(F)(F)F 0.000 description 1
- 229940006190 2,3-dimercapto-1-propanesulfonic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000004174 2-benzimidazolyl group Chemical group [H]N1C(*)=NC2=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C12 0.000 description 1
- NDOPHXWIAZIXPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-bromobenzaldehyde Chemical compound BrC1=CC=CC=C1C=O NDOPHXWIAZIXPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002941 2-furyl group Chemical group O1C([*])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- HZLCGUXUOFWCCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxynonadecane-1,2,3-tricarboxylic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(C(O)=O)C(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O HZLCGUXUOFWCCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001622 2-naphthyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C2C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C([H])C2=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000094 2-phenylethyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000389 2-pyrrolyl group Chemical group [H]N1C([*])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000175 2-thienyl group Chemical group S1C([*])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- NOBDWJZJZQCZMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(4-iodophenyl)butanoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(C)C1=CC=C(I)C=C1 NOBDWJZJZQCZMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000474 3-butynyl group Chemical group [H]C#CC([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 3-carboxy-2,3-dihydroxypropanoate Chemical compound OC(=O)C(O)C(O)C([O-])=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- ALKYHXVLJMQRLQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 3-carboxynaphthalen-2-olate Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=C(C([O-])=O)C(O)=CC2=C1 ALKYHXVLJMQRLQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- MWDVCHRYCKXEBY-LBPRGKRZSA-N 3-chloro-n-[2-oxo-2-[[(1s)-1-phenylethyl]amino]ethyl]benzamide Chemical compound N([C@@H](C)C=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)CNC(=O)C1=CC=CC(Cl)=C1 MWDVCHRYCKXEBY-LBPRGKRZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003682 3-furyl group Chemical group O1C([H])=C([*])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000003349 3-pyridyl group Chemical group N1=C([H])C([*])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001397 3-pyrrolyl group Chemical group [H]N1C([H])=C([*])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001541 3-thienyl group Chemical group S1C([H])=C([*])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- OGOMLUBUDYFIOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(4-iodophenyl)butanoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCC1=CC=C(I)C=C1 OGOMLUBUDYFIOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZRYZBQLXDKPBDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-bromobenzaldehyde Chemical compound BrC1=CC=C(C=O)C=C1 ZRYZBQLXDKPBDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000549 4-dimethylaminophenol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000000339 4-pyridyl group Chemical group N1=C([H])C([H])=C([*])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- KDDQRKBRJSGMQE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-thiazolyl Chemical group [C]1=CSC=N1 KDDQRKBRJSGMQE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CWDWFSXUQODZGW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-thiazolyl Chemical group [C]1=CN=CS1 CWDWFSXUQODZGW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-[3-(1-cyclopropylpyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl]-3-methyl-3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-2-one Chemical class C1(CC1)N1N=CC(=C1)C1=NNC2=C1N=C(N=C2)N1C2C(N(CC1CC2)C)=O HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010000117 Abnormal behaviour Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 244000215068 Acacia senegal Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920001817 Agar Polymers 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005695 Ammonium acetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000416162 Astragalus gummifer Species 0.000 description 1
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bicarbonate Chemical compound OC([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- HWSISDHAHRVNMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bismuth subnitrate Chemical compound O[NH+]([O-])O[Bi](O[N+]([O-])=O)O[N+]([O-])=O HWSISDHAHRVNMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010017384 Blood Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004506 Blood Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000283725 Bos Species 0.000 description 1
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bromide Chemical compound [Br-] CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- DCERHCFNWRGHLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N C[Si](C)C Chemical compound C[Si](C)C DCERHCFNWRGHLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101000969120 Caenorhabditis elegans Metallothionein-2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000282465 Canis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282472 Canis lupus familiaris Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000283707 Capra Species 0.000 description 1
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-NJFSPNSNSA-N Carbon-14 Chemical compound [14C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-NJFSPNSNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Carbonate Chemical compound [O-]C([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229920002134 Carboxymethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 201000009030 Carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000282693 Cercopithecidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 244000067602 Chamaesyce hirta Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000723346 Cinnamomum camphora Species 0.000 description 1
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K Citrate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 229920002261 Corn starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-SQOUGZDYSA-M D-gluconate Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C([O-])=O RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-SQOUGZDYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-RXMQYKEDSA-N D-lysine Chemical compound NCCCC[C@@H](N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-RXMQYKEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YZCKVEUIGOORGS-OUBTZVSYSA-N Deuterium Chemical compound [2H] YZCKVEUIGOORGS-OUBTZVSYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N Dextrotartaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SNRUBQQJIBEYMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dodecane Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCC SNRUBQQJIBEYMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108020004437 Endogenous Retroviruses Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000283074 Equus asinus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000283073 Equus caballus Species 0.000 description 1
- VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethene Chemical compound C=C VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005977 Ethylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000282324 Felis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282326 Felis catus Species 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N Fumaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C\C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BBBXWRGITSUJPB-YUMQZZPRSA-N Glu-Lys Chemical compound NCCCC[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(O)=O BBBXWRGITSUJPB-YUMQZZPRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101710183768 Glutamate carboxypeptidase 2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutamic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000084 Gum arabic Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000012981 Hank's balanced salt solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241001272567 Hominoidea Species 0.000 description 1
- 101000595198 Homo sapiens Podocalyxin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010061218 Inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-RNFDNDRNSA-N Iodine I-131 Chemical compound [131I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-RNFDNDRNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XETQTCAMTVHYPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isocamphan von ungewisser Konfiguration Natural products C1CC2C(C)(C)C(C)C1C2 XETQTCAMTVHYPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PIWKPBJCKXDKJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isoflurane Chemical compound FC(F)OC(Cl)C(F)(F)F PIWKPBJCKXDKJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010824 Kaplan-Meier survival analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Lactate Chemical compound CC(O)C([O-])=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 241000283953 Lagomorpha Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000283986 Lepus Species 0.000 description 1
- 150000001169 Lutetium Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000019759 Maize starch Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 1
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 1
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanesulfonic acid Chemical compound CS(O)(=O)=O AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010028116 Mucosal inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000010927 Mucositis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001529936 Murinae Species 0.000 description 1
- HSHXDCVZWHOWCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N N'-hexadecylthiophene-2-carbohydrazide Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCNNC(=O)c1cccs1 HSHXDCVZWHOWCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KWYHDKDOAIKMQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N,N',N'-tetramethylethylenediamine Chemical compound CN(C)CCN(C)C KWYHDKDOAIKMQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910002651 NO3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 206010029155 Nephropathy toxic Diseases 0.000 description 1
- NHNBFGGVMKEFGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitrate Chemical compound [O-][N+]([O-])=O NHNBFGGVMKEFGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910003849 O-Si Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 1
- 229910003872 O—Si Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 241001494479 Pecora Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000035195 Peptidases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091005804 Peptidases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010020346 Polyglutamic Acid Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000288906 Primates Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000012980 RPMI-1640 medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000019155 Radiation injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108020003564 Retroelements Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000283984 Rodentia Species 0.000 description 1
- 229910007161 Si(CH3)3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicon Chemical compound [Si] XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium acetate Chemical compound [Na+].CC([O-])=O VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229920002125 Sokalan® Polymers 0.000 description 1
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- UCKMPCXJQFINFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulphide Chemical compound [S-2] UCKMPCXJQFINFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000003673 Symporters Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000088 Symporters Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920002253 Tannate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- WDLRUFUQRNWCPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetraxetan Chemical compound OC(=O)CN1CCN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC1 WDLRUFUQRNWCPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001615 Tragacanth Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000025865 Ulcer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000251539 Vertebrata <Metazoa> Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000005946 Xerostomia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- ZEEBGORNQSEQBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [2-(3-phenylphenoxy)-6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-4-yl]methanamine Chemical compound C1(=CC(=CC=C1)OC1=NC(=CC(=C1)CN)C(F)(F)F)C1=CC=CC=C1 ZEEBGORNQSEQBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000005856 abnormality Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940124532 absorption promoter Drugs 0.000 description 1
- YLEIFZAVNWDOBM-ZTNXSLBXSA-N ac1l9hc7 Chemical compound C([C@H]12)C[C@@H](C([C@@H](O)CC3)(C)C)[C@@]43C[C@@]14CC[C@@]1(C)[C@@]2(C)C[C@@H]2O[C@]3(O)[C@H](O)C(C)(C)O[C@@H]3[C@@H](C)[C@H]12 YLEIFZAVNWDOBM-ZTNXSLBXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000010489 acacia gum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000205 acacia gum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009825 accumulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001242 acetic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;2,3,4,5,6-pentahydroxyhexanal;sodium Chemical compound [Na].CC(O)=O.OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C=O DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002777 acetyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001154 acute effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002015 acyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004423 acyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005073 adamantyl group Chemical group C12(CC3CC(CC(C1)C3)C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 210000004100 adrenal gland Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000008272 agar Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010419 agar Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940040563 agaric acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000003172 aldehyde group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000010443 alginic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000783 alginic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000615 alginic acid Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229960001126 alginic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000004781 alginic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052783 alkali metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000001340 alkali metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004183 alkoxy alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005115 alkyl carbamoyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004414 alkyl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005012 alkyl thioether group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005237 alkyleneamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005238 alkylenediamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005282 allenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000005262 alpha decay Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000003368 amide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004103 aminoalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910021529 ammonia Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229940043376 ammonium acetate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019257 ammonium acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000003444 anaesthetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000033115 angiogenesis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000259 anti-tumor effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003435 aroyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005239 aroylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005251 aryl acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004659 aryl alkyl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001769 aryl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005110 aryl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005165 aryl thioxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000010323 ascorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011668 ascorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940077388 benzenesulfonate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-M benzenesulfonate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 150000001558 benzoic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003236 benzoyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 235000019445 benzyl alcohol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000001584 benzyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group C(=O)(OCC1=CC=CC=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000001588 bifunctional effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002306 biochemical method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012925 biological evaluation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008512 biological response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000090 biomarker Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000319 biphenyl-4-yl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1C1=C([H])C([H])=C([*])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229960001482 bismuth subnitrate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000036760 body temperature Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229930006742 bornane Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 125000001246 bromo group Chemical group Br* 0.000 description 1
- MAEIEVLCKWDQJH-UHFFFAOYSA-N bumetanide Chemical compound CCCCNC1=CC(C(O)=O)=CC(S(N)(=O)=O)=C1OC1=CC=CC=C1 MAEIEVLCKWDQJH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004064 bumetanide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000004369 butenyl group Chemical group C(=CCC)* 0.000 description 1
- OSVHLUXLWQLPIY-KBAYOESNSA-N butyl 2-[(6aR,9R,10aR)-1-hydroxy-9-(hydroxymethyl)-6,6-dimethyl-6a,7,8,9,10,10a-hexahydrobenzo[c]chromen-3-yl]-2-methylpropanoate Chemical compound C(CCC)OC(C(C)(C)C1=CC(=C2[C@H]3[C@H](C(OC2=C1)(C)C)CC[C@H](C3)CO)O)=O OSVHLUXLWQLPIY-KBAYOESNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000484 butyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004744 butyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229930008380 camphor Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 229960000846 camphor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000012830 cancer therapeutic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001951 carbamoylamino group Chemical group C(N)(=O)N* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005587 carbonate group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 1
- 235000010948 carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000008112 carboxymethyl-cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940105329 carboxymethylcellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 231100000357 carcinogen Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 231100000504 carcinogenesis Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000003183 carcinogenic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012754 cardiac puncture Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000022534 cell killing Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013592 cell lysate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004700 cellular uptake Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000013522 chelant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003636 chemical group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000012069 chiral reagent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001309 chloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 description 1
- 230000001684 chronic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- HGCIXCUEYOPUTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N cis-cyclohexene Natural products C1CCC=CC1 HGCIXCUEYOPUTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001860 citric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000009643 clonogenic assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 231100000096 clonogenic assay Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 238000010668 complexation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000039 congener Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012937 correction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001054 cortical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000006165 cyclic alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006448 cycloalkyl cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001047 cyclobutenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002188 cycloheptatrienyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=CC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001162 cycloheptenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000596 cyclohexenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004956 cyclohexylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000522 cyclooctenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCCCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002433 cyclopentenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000298 cyclopropenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001559 cyclopropyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 238000007405 data analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005786 degenerative changes Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052805 deuterium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000005117 dialkylcarbamoyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- ACYGYJFTZSAZKR-UHFFFAOYSA-J dicalcium;2-[2-[bis(carboxylatomethyl)amino]ethyl-(carboxylatomethyl)amino]acetate Chemical compound [Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]C(=O)CN(CC([O-])=O)CCN(CC([O-])=O)CC([O-])=O ACYGYJFTZSAZKR-UHFFFAOYSA-J 0.000 description 1
- 238000007865 diluting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000001177 diphosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- XPPKVPWEQAFLFU-UHFFFAOYSA-J diphosphate(4-) Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])(=O)OP([O-])([O-])=O XPPKVPWEQAFLFU-UHFFFAOYSA-J 0.000 description 1
- 235000011180 diphosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000002224 dissection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002934 diuretic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940030606 diuretics Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000003438 dodecyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 230000003828 downregulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 206010013781 dry mouth Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000009977 dual effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013399 early diagnosis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940009662 edetate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003792 electrolyte Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000119 electrospray ionisation mass spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229950005627 embonate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000012202 endocytosis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011067 equilibration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008029 eradication Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003743 erythrocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229950000206 estolate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- CCIVGXIOQKPBKL-UHFFFAOYSA-M ethanesulfonate Chemical compound CCS([O-])(=O)=O CCIVGXIOQKPBKL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000003754 ethoxycarbonyl group Chemical group C(=O)(OCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005745 ethoxymethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])OC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 230000007717 exclusion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000010685 fatty oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002349 favourable effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001605 fetal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000706 filtrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013020 final formulation Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012467 final product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000037406 food intake Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052730 francium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- KLMCZVJOEAUDNE-UHFFFAOYSA-N francium atom Chemical compound [Fr] KLMCZVJOEAUDNE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004108 freeze drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940050411 fumarate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-L fumarate(2-) Chemical class [O-]C(=O)\C=C\C([O-])=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-L 0.000 description 1
- ZZUFCTLCJUWOSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N furosemide Chemical compound C1=C(Cl)C(S(=O)(=O)N)=CC(C(O)=O)=C1NCC1=CC=CO1 ZZUFCTLCJUWOSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003883 furosemide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920000370 gamma-poly(glutamate) polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007429 general method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009650 gentamicin protection assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960001731 gluceptate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- KWMLJOLKUYYJFJ-VFUOTHLCSA-N glucoheptonic acid Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O KWMLJOLKUYYJFJ-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940050410 gluconate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229930195712 glutamate Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 235000013922 glutamic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004220 glutamic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008187 granular material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000227 grinding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001963 growth medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000226 haematotoxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 150000004820 halides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003106 haloaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006277 halobenzyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 210000003128 head Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229910001385 heavy metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000005534 hematocrit Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002489 hematologic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004446 heteroarylalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005549 heteroarylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004366 heterocycloalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006588 heterocycloalkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006038 hexenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005980 hexynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- XGIHQYAWBCFNPY-AZOCGYLKSA-N hydrabamine Chemical compound C([C@@H]12)CC3=CC(C(C)C)=CC=C3[C@@]2(C)CCC[C@@]1(C)CNCCNC[C@@]1(C)[C@@H]2CCC3=CC(C(C)C)=CC=C3[C@@]2(C)CCC1 XGIHQYAWBCFNPY-AZOCGYLKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003840 hydrochlorides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen iodide Chemical compound I XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002768 hydroxyalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000001866 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010979 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920003088 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000005286 illumination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002632 imidazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002636 imidazolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000003364 immunohistochemistry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008676 import Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003387 indolinyl group Chemical group N1(CCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000004054 inflammatory process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002570 interstitial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000000968 intestinal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007917 intracranial administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007912 intraperitoneal administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007919 intrasynovial administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007913 intrathecal administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007914 intraventricular administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-YPZZEJLDSA-N iodane Chemical compound [125IH] XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-YPZZEJLDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940044173 iodine-125 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002346 iodo group Chemical group I* 0.000 description 1
- SUMDYPCJJOFFON-UHFFFAOYSA-N isethionic acid Chemical compound OCCS(O)(=O)=O SUMDYPCJJOFFON-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 229960002725 isoflurane Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001972 isopentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 230000000155 isotopic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000366 juvenile effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 208000017169 kidney disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000004922 lacquer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940001447 lactate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940099584 lactobionate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- JYTUSYBCFIZPBE-AMTLMPIISA-N lactobionic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]([C@H](O)CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O JYTUSYBCFIZPBE-AMTLMPIISA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002611 lead compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000000265 leukocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000012417 linear regression Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008297 liquid dosage form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940057995 liquid paraffin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000004807 localization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 1
- APRNQTOXCXOSHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N lutetium(3+);trinitrate Chemical compound [Lu+3].[O-][N+]([O-])=O.[O-][N+]([O-])=O.[O-][N+]([O-])=O APRNQTOXCXOSHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000001165 lymph node Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000004698 lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940049920 malate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N maleic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002688 maleic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N malic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(O)CC(O)=O BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IWYDHOAUDWTVEP-UHFFFAOYSA-M mandelate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)C(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 IWYDHOAUDWTVEP-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001819 mass spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910021645 metal ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000009401 metastasis Effects 0.000 description 1
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-M methanesulfonate group Chemical class CS(=O)(=O)[O-] AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- HRDXJKGNWSUIBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N methoxybenzene Chemical group [CH2]OC1=CC=CC=C1 HRDXJKGNWSUIBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001160 methoxycarbonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])OC(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 229920000609 methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001923 methylcellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010981 methylcellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- GRVDJDISBSALJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyloxidanyl Chemical group [O]C GRVDJDISBSALJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000394 mitotic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002950 monocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006682 monohaloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004572 morpholin-3-yl group Chemical group N1C(COCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002757 morpholinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000008450 motivation Effects 0.000 description 1
- CMWYAOXYQATXSI-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-dimethylformamide;piperidine Chemical compound CN(C)C=O.C1CCNCC1 CMWYAOXYQATXSI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QAPTWHXHEYAIKG-RCOXNQKVSA-N n-[(1r,2s,5r)-5-(tert-butylamino)-2-[(3s)-2-oxo-3-[[6-(trifluoromethyl)quinazolin-4-yl]amino]pyrrolidin-1-yl]cyclohexyl]acetamide Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@@H]1C[C@H](NC(C)(C)C)CC[C@@H]1N1C(=O)[C@@H](NC=2C3=CC(=CC=C3N=CN=2)C(F)(F)F)CC1 QAPTWHXHEYAIKG-RCOXNQKVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003136 n-heptyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001280 n-hexyl group Chemical group C(CCCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000740 n-pentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004923 naphthylmethyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C12)C* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001971 neopentyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000007694 nephrotoxicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002547 new drug Substances 0.000 description 1
- FEMOMIGRRWSMCU-UHFFFAOYSA-N ninhydrin Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)C(O)(O)C(=O)C2=C1 FEMOMIGRRWSMCU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002823 nitrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000006574 non-aromatic ring group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005485 noradamantyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004365 octenyl group Chemical group C(=CCCCCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000012634 optical imaging Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005457 optimization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003791 organic solvent mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004043 oxo group Chemical group O=* 0.000 description 1
- 238000007427 paired t-test Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940014662 pantothenate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019161 pantothenic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011713 pantothenic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002727 particle therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007170 pathology Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008188 pellet Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002255 pentenyl group Chemical group C(=CCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005981 pentynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000012831 peritoneal equilibrium test Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002831 pharmacologic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000286 phenylethyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- UYWQUFXKFGHYNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylmethyl ester of formic acid Natural products O=COCC1=CC=CC=C1 UYWQUFXKFGHYNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- UEZVMMHDMIWARA-UHFFFAOYSA-M phosphonate Chemical compound [O-]P(=O)=O UEZVMMHDMIWARA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000002504 physiological saline solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000049 pigment Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006187 pill Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004193 piperazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000587 piperidin-1-yl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])N(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004483 piperidin-3-yl group Chemical group N1CC(CCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005936 piperidyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000004014 plasticizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002798 polar solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000006684 polyhaloalkyl group Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000012636 positron electron tomography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012877 positron emission topography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012809 post-inoculation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920001592 potato starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940069328 povidone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 125000004368 propenyl group Chemical group C(=CC)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000011321 prophylaxis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000006308 propyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- QQONPFPTGQHPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylene Natural products CC=C QQONPFPTGQHPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004805 propylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([*:1])C([H])([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- 235000019833 protease Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003223 protective agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000425 proton nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000512 proximal kidney tubule Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000000561 purinyl group Chemical group N1=C(N=C2N=CNC2=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 229950010131 puromycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000003373 pyrazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003072 pyrazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002755 pyrazolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005344 pyridylmethyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C(=N1)C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000719 pyrrolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001422 pyrrolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004621 quinuclidinyl group Chemical group N12C(CC(CC1)CC2)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000003608 radiolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004725 rapid separation liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009103 reabsorption Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012048 reactive intermediate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005932 reductive alkylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000002830 rete testis Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940100486 rice starch Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000006413 ring segment Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-M salicylate Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229960001860 salicylate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229930195734 saturated hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 125000002914 sec-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000003548 sec-pentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000028327 secretion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011894 semi-preparative HPLC Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000002863 seminiferous tubule Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000010898 silica gel chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000010703 silicon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002002 slurry Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010413 sodium alginate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000661 sodium alginate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940005550 sodium alginate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910000029 sodium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019812 sodium carboxymethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000007901 soft capsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007909 solid dosage form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012439 solid excipient Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007790 solid phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012265 solid product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003381 solubilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001179 sorption measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960005322 streptomycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003890 succinate salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L succinate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CCC([O-])=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000446 sulfanediyl group Chemical group *S* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000475 sulfinyl group Chemical group [*:2]S([*:1])=O 0.000 description 1
- BDHFUVZGWQCTTF-UHFFFAOYSA-M sulfonate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)=O BDHFUVZGWQCTTF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 150000003457 sulfones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000472 sulfonyl group Chemical group *S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 1
- 150000003462 sulfoxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003467 sulfuric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000013589 supplement Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002459 sustained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000024587 synaptic transmission, glutamatergic Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002195 synergetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006188 syrup Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000020357 syrup Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000009897 systematic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007910 systemic administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009885 systemic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000012222 talc Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940095064 tartrate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003892 tartrate salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229950002757 teoclate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004192 tetrahydrofuran-2-yl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])OC([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- CXWXQJXEFPUFDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetralin Chemical compound C1=CC=C2CCCCC2=C1 CXWXQJXEFPUFDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical class [H]S* 0.000 description 1
- 150000003573 thiols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004568 thiomorpholinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 210000000115 thoracic cavity Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002992 thymic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000002341 thymus lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000004408 titanium dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000331 toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000002588 toxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009261 transgenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000006168 tricyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000026 trimethylsilyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])[Si]([*])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 210000004881 tumor cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000036269 ulceration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003672 ureas Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005500 uronium group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- PXXNTAGJWPJAGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N vertaline Natural products C1C2C=3C=C(OC)C(OC)=CC=3OC(C=C3)=CC=C3CCC(=O)OC1CC1N2CCCC1 PXXNTAGJWPJAGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004580 weight loss Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940100445 wheat starch Drugs 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K51/00—Preparations containing radioactive substances for use in therapy or testing in vivo
- A61K51/02—Preparations containing radioactive substances for use in therapy or testing in vivo characterised by the carrier, i.e. characterised by the agent or material covalently linked or complexing the radioactive nucleus
- A61K51/04—Organic compounds
- A61K51/0474—Organic compounds complexes or complex-forming compounds, i.e. wherein a radioactive metal (e.g. 111In3+) is complexed or chelated by, e.g. a N2S2, N3S, NS3, N4 chelating group
- A61K51/0482—Organic compounds complexes or complex-forming compounds, i.e. wherein a radioactive metal (e.g. 111In3+) is complexed or chelated by, e.g. a N2S2, N3S, NS3, N4 chelating group chelates from cyclic ligands, e.g. DOTA
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K51/00—Preparations containing radioactive substances for use in therapy or testing in vivo
- A61K51/02—Preparations containing radioactive substances for use in therapy or testing in vivo characterised by the carrier, i.e. characterised by the agent or material covalently linked or complexing the radioactive nucleus
- A61K51/04—Organic compounds
- A61K51/0402—Organic compounds carboxylic acid carriers, fatty acids
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K51/00—Preparations containing radioactive substances for use in therapy or testing in vivo
- A61K51/02—Preparations containing radioactive substances for use in therapy or testing in vivo characterised by the carrier, i.e. characterised by the agent or material covalently linked or complexing the radioactive nucleus
- A61K51/04—Organic compounds
- A61K51/0497—Organic compounds conjugates with a carrier being an organic compounds
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07B—GENERAL METHODS OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY; APPARATUS THEREFOR
- C07B59/00—Introduction of isotopes of elements into organic compounds ; Labelled organic compounds per se
- C07B59/002—Heterocyclic compounds
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D257/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing rings having four nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07D257/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing rings having four nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms not condensed with other rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
- C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
- C07D401/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
- C07F5/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 3 or 13 of the Periodic Table
- C07F5/003—Compounds containing elements of Groups 3 or 13 of the Periodic Table without C-Metal linkages
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
- C07F7/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 4 or 14 of the Periodic Table
- C07F7/24—Lead compounds
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07B—GENERAL METHODS OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY; APPARATUS THEREFOR
- C07B2200/00—Indexing scheme relating to specific properties of organic compounds
- C07B2200/05—Isotopically modified compounds, e.g. labelled
Definitions
- Prostate cancer is the leading cancer in the U.S. population and the second leading cause of cancer death in men. Therapy for locally advanced disease remains contentious and an increasing number of disparate options are available.
- New, high-affinity, radiotherapeutic agents for prostate cancer have been developed using the prostate-specific membrane antigen (PSMA) as a target.
- PSMA prostate-specific membrane antigen
- PSMA is a marker for androgen-independent disease that also is expressed on solid (nonprostate) tumor neovasculature.
- Z is tetrazole or CO 2 Q;
- Q is H or a protecting group;
- m is an integer selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5;
- R is independently H or —CH 2 —R 1 ;
- R 1 is selected from the group consisting of substituted aryl, substituted pyridine, and unsubstituted isoquinoline;
- L is a linker selected from the group consisting of C 1 -C 6 alkylene and C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylene, and arylene;
- W is selected from the group consisting of —NR 2 —(C ⁇ O)—, —NR 2 —(C ⁇ S)—, —(C ⁇ O)—NR 2 —, and —(C ⁇ S)—NR 2 —; wherein each occurrence of L and W can be the same or different;
- R 2 is H or a C 1 -C 4 alkyl;
- n is an integer selected from the group consisting of
- R 1 is selected from the group consisting of:
- X is independently Br or I.
- the chelating agent is selected from the group consisting of:
- the presently disclosed subject matter provides a method for treating one or more PSMA expressing tumors or cells, the method comprising contacting the one or more PSMA expressing tumors or cells with an effective amount of a compound of formula (I), the compound of formula (I) comprising:
- Z is tetrazole or CO 2 Q;
- Q is H or a protecting group;
- m is an integer selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5;
- R is independently H or —CH 2 —R 1 ;
- R 1 substituted aryl, substituted pyridine, and unsubstituted isoquinoline;
- L is a linker selected from the group consisting of C 1 -C 6 alkylene and C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylene, and arylene;
- W is selected from the group consisting of —NR 2 —(C ⁇ O)—, —NR 2 —(C ⁇ S)—, —(C ⁇ O)—NR 2 —, and —(C ⁇ S)—NR 2 —; wherein each occurrence of L and W can be the same or different;
- R 2 is H or a C 1 -C 4 alkyl;
- n is an integer selected from the group consisting of 1,2, and 3;
- Ch
- the presently disclosed subject matter provides a method for imaging one or more prostate-specific membrane antigen (PSMA) tumors or cells, the method comprising contacting the one or more tumor or cells, with an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) and making an image.
- PSMA prostate-specific membrane antigen
- kits comprising a compound of Formula (I).
- FIG. 1 shows chemical structures of representative radiotherapeutic agents
- FIG. 2 shows a comparative study of the clonogenic efficacy of 177 Lu-8, and known agents SR6, PSMA-617 and PSMA-I&T;
- FIG. 3 shows PSMA+ tumor-to-kidney ratios of 177 Lu-8, 177 Lu-1, 177 Lu-SR6, 177 Lu-PSMA-617 and 177 Lu-PSMA-I&T;
- FIG. 4 shows SPECT-CT imaging of 177 Lu-8 during treatment studies using of a single dose of 3 mCi;
- FIG. 5 shows the relative body weight of the mice during the treatment studies
- FIG. 6 A and FIG. 6 B show the relative tumor volume of the mice ( FIG. 6 A ) during the treatment studies and the Kaplan-Meier survival curve ( FIG. 6 B ) up to 60 days post-treatment;
- FIG. 7 shows (left) In vitro cell uptake of 213 Bi-1 at 37° C. Specific cell uptake in PSMA(+) PC3 PIP cells (blue) and followed by PSMA( ⁇ ) PC3 flu cell (black) and blockade with 1 mM of ZJ43, (red). (Middle and right) Specific cell kill for 213 Bi-1 and 225 Ac-1 after 2 h at 37° C.;
- FIG. 8 shows the tissue biodistribution for 213 Bi-1 (% ID/g).
- FIG. 9 shows (top) Efficacy of 225 Ac-1 in PSMA+ PIP flank tumor model (male NSG mice). (middle) Changes in bodyweight during the treatment study. (bottom) Kaplan-Meier survival curve for treatment study in micrometastatic PC3-ML-Luc-PSMA model, median survival for 51 days (untreated) vs 52 days for 177Lu-PSMA-617 (37 MBq) and 56 days for 225Ac-1 (37 kBq) and 79 days for 225Ac-1 (74 kBq);
- FIG. 10 shows (top) SPECT-CT imaging of 203 Pb-2 and 203 Pb-3 (14.8 MBq.) and (bottom) tissue biodistribution data.
- T+ PSMA(+) PC3 PIP, T( ⁇ ) PC3 flu;
- FIGS. 11 A, 11 B, 11 C, 11 D, and 11 E show the distribution of 0.37 MBq 225 Ac-1 (A) and 1.85 MBq of 213 Bi-1 (+2 nmol 9) (B) in PSMA+ PC3 PIP tumor (T) and kidney (K) recorded by ⁇ -camera imaging. Co-injection of 2 nmol of 9 generated specific removal of activity from renal cortex but not from PSMA+ tumor.
- C IHC of PSMA+ tumor treated 225 Ac-9 showing reduction of PSMA-expression after 24 h compared to untreated PSMA+ tumor,
- D, E PSMA+ staining (IHC) of kidney from the same mouse as (A) at 2 h;
- FIG. 12 shows the biodistribution of 177 Lu-1 with increased amount of 1 showing partial kidney blocking ligand at 2 h;
- FIG. 13 A and FIG. 13 B show ( FIG. 13 A ) Type I (with high tumor and kidney uptake) and Type II (with high tumor and low kidney uptake) imaging agents, at 2 h post-injection, and ( FIG. 13 B ) First patient with extensive metastatic disease scanned with 68 Ga-2. Note sub-centimeter perihilar and thoracic vertebral lymph node involvement (axial panels, arrows) (left) (ref. 34); selected 68 Ga/ 177 Lu-labeled PSMA-binding agents (right);
- FIG. 14 shows comparative cell uptake and internalization data for selected compounds (head-to-head study).
- FIG. 15 shows comparative tissue biodistribution data for selected compounds (head-to-head study).
- FIG. 16 shows comparative tissue biodistribution data for selected compounds (head-to-head study as also shown in FIG. 15 );
- FIG. 17 shows biodistribution data for 177 Lu-1, 177 Lu-7, 177 Lu-8, 177 Lu-9, 177 Lu-10, and 177 Lu-14;
- FIG. 18 A and FIG. 18 B show ( FIG. 18 A ) SPECT/CT imaging using 177 Lu-1 (37 MBq); FIG. 18 B . Immunohistochemistry of PSMA expression of PC3 PIP tumors administered without or with 37 MBq of Lu-1;
- FIG. 19 shows SPECT/CT imaging after intravenous administration of Lu-14
- FIG. 20 shows partial self-blocking of 177 Lu-1 and 177 Lu-9 at 2 h post injection
- FIG. 21 A and FIG. 21 B show radionuclide therapy of PSMA-based 177 Lu-labeled low molecular weight agents 177 Lu-1, 177 Lu-3, 177 Lu-5 and 177 Lu-PSMA-617.
- Relative tumor volume and body weight of the individual mice are shown at 4 weeks and 8 weeks post treatment;
- FIG. 22 show relative volume, body weight and survival (%) of 111 MBq of 177 Lu-PSMA-617 and 177 Lu-1;
- FIG. 25 A , FIG. 25 B , FIG. 25 C , FIG. 25 D , and FIG. 25 E show hematoxylin and eosin (H&E) staining.
- FIG. 25 A , FIG. 25 B , FIG. 25 C Extraorbital acrimal glands
- FIG. 25 A control untreated
- FIG. 25 B Adjacent parotid gland (arrowhead) is spared
- FIG. 25 C higher magnification of FIG. 25 B , showing acinar loss, with chronic and active inflammation affecting lacrimal gland ( 177 Lu-PSMA-617.
- FIG. 25 D , and FIG. 25 E Testis FIG. 25 D .
- tubule contains only Sertoli cells. This is expected near the rete testis; FIG. 25 E . there is no spermatogenesis, diffusely seminiferous tubules are smaller than in A (same magnification) and lined only by Sertoli cells, with a few germ cells in some tubules. Interstitial cells are prominent between tubules in this specimen.
- Z is tetrazole or CO 2 Q;
- Q is H or a protecting group;
- m is an integer selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5;
- R is independently H or —CH 2 —R 1 ;
- R 1 is selected from the group consisting of substituted aryl, substituted pyridine, and unsubstituted isoquinoline;
- L is a linker selected from the group consisting of C 1 -C 6 alkylene and C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylene, and arylene;
- W is selected from the group consisting of —NR 2 —(C ⁇ O)—, —NR 2 —(C ⁇ S)—, —(C ⁇ O)—NR 2 —, and —(C ⁇ S)—NR 2 —; wherein each occurrence of L and W can be the same or different;
- R 2 is H or a C 1 -C 4 alkyl;
- n is an integer selected from the group consisting of
- one “W” group can be —(C ⁇ O)—NR 2 — and the other “W” group or groups can be —(C ⁇ S)—NR 2 —, or, in other embodiments, each “W” can be, for example, —(C ⁇ O)—NR 2 —.
- R 1 is selected from the group consisting of:
- X is independently Br or I.
- the chelating agent is selected from the group consisting of:
- the chelating agent comprises a metal selected from the group consisting of: Y, Lu, Tc, Zr, In, Sm, Re, Cu, Pb, Ac, Bi, Al, Ga, Re, Ho and Sc.
- the metal is a radiometal and is selected from the group consisting of: 68 Ga, 64Cu, 86 Y, 90 Y, 89 Zr, 111 In, 99m Tc, 177 Lu, 153 Sm, 186 Re, 188 Re, 67 Cu, 212 Pb, 225 Ac, 213 Bi, 212 Bi, 212 Pb, 67 Ga, 203 Pb, 47 Sc, and 166 Ho.
- the compound of Formula (I) is selected from the group consisting of:
- the presently disclosed subject matter provides a method for treating one or more PSMA expressing tumors or cells, the method comprising contacting the one or more PSMA expressing tumors or cells with an effective amount of a compound of formula (I), the compound of formula (I) comprising:
- Z is tetrazole or CO 2 Q;
- Q is H or a protecting group;
- m is an integer selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5;
- R is independently H or —CH 2 —R 1 ;
- R 1 is selected from the group consisting of substituted aryl, substituted pyridine, and unsubstituted isoquinoline;
- L is a linker selected from the group consisting of C 1 -C 6 alkylene and C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylene, and arylene;
- W is selected from the group consisting of —NR 2 —(C ⁇ O)—, —NR 2 —(C ⁇ S)—, —(C ⁇ O)—NR 2 —, and —(C ⁇ S)—NR 2 —; wherein each occurrence of L and W can be the same or different;
- R 2 is H or a C 1 -C 4 alkyl;
- n is an integer selected from the group consisting of
- Contacting means any action which results in at least one compound comprising the therapeutic agent of the presently disclosed subject matter physically contacting at least one PSMA-expressing tumor or cell. Contacting can include exposing the cell(s) or tumor(s) to the compound in an amount sufficient to result in contact of at least one compound with at least one cell or tumor.
- the method can be practiced in vitro or ex vivo by introducing, and preferably mixing, the compound and cell(s) or tumor(s) in a controlled environment, such as a culture dish or tube.
- the method can be practiced in vivo, in which case contacting means exposing at least one cell or tumor in a subject to at least one compound of the presently disclosed subject matter, such as administering the compound to a subject via any suitable route.
- the term “treating” can include reversing, alleviating, inhibiting the progression of, preventing or reducing the likelihood of the disease, disorder, or condition to which such term applies, or one or more symptoms or manifestations of such disease, disorder or condition. Preventing refers to causing a disease, disorder, condition, or symptom or manifestation of such, or worsening of the severity of such, not to occur. Accordingly, the presently disclosed compounds can be administered prophylactically to prevent or reduce the incidence or recurrence of the disease, disorder, or condition.
- the “effective amount” of an active agent refers to the amount necessary to elicit the desired biological response.
- the effective amount of an agent or device may vary depending on such factors as the desired biological endpoint, the agent to be delivered, the makeup of the pharmaceutical composition, the target tissue, and the like.
- the term “combination” is used in its broadest sense and means that a subject is administered at least two agents, more particularly a compound of Formula (I) and at least one other active agent. More particularly, the term “in combination” refers to the concomitant administration of two (or more) active agents for the treatment of a, e.g., single disease state.
- the active agents may be combined and administered in a single dosage form, may be administered as separate dosage forms at the same time, or may be administered as separate dosage forms that are administered alternately or sequentially on the same or separate days.
- the active agents are combined and administered in a single dosage form.
- the active agents are administered in separate dosage forms (e.g., wherein it is desirable to vary the amount of one but not the other).
- the single dosage form may include additional active agents for the treatment of the disease state.
- R 1 is selected from the group consisting of:
- X is independently Br or I.
- the chelating agent is selected from the group consisting of:
- the radiometal suitable for radiotherapy is selected from the group consisting of: 90 Y 177 Lu, 211 At, 111 In, 153 Sm, 186 Re, 188 Re, 67 Cu, 212 Pb, 225 Ac, 213 Bi, 212 Bi, 212 Pb, and 67 Ga.
- the compound of formula (I) is selected from the group consisting of:
- the one or more PSMA-expressing tumor or cell is selected from the group consisting of: a prostate tumor or cell, a metastasized prostate tumor or cell, a lung tumor or cell, a renal tumor or cell, a glioblastoma, a pancreatic tumor or cell, a bladder tumor or cell, a sarcoma, a melanoma, a breast tumor or cell, a colon tumor or cell, a germ cell, a pheochromocytoma, an esophageal tumor or cell, a stomach tumor or cell, and combinations thereof.
- the one or more PSMA-expressing tumor or cell is a prostate tumor or cell.
- the one or more PSMA-expressing tumors or cells is in vitro, in vivo or ex-vivo. In yet other embodiments, the one or more PSMA-expressing tumor or cell is present in a subject.
- a “subject” can include a human subject for medical purposes, such as for the treatment of an existing condition or disease or the prophylactic treatment for preventing the onset of a condition or disease, or an animal (non-human) subject for medical, veterinary purposes, or developmental purposes.
- Suitable animal subjects include mammals including, but not limited to, primates, e.g., humans, monkeys, apes, and the like; bovines, e.g., cattle, oxen, and the like; ovines, e.g., sheep and the like; caprines, e.g., goats and the like; porcines, e.g., pigs, hogs, and the like; equines, e.g., horses, donkeys, zebras, and the like; felines, including wild and domestic cats; canines, including dogs; lagomorphs, including rabbits, hares, and the like; and rodents, including mice, rats, and the like.
- mammals including, but not limited to, primates, e.g., humans, monkeys, apes, and the like; bovines, e.g., cattle, oxen, and the like; ovines, e.g., sheep and the like; cap
- an animal may be a transgenic animal.
- the subject is a human including, but not limited to, fetal, neonatal, infant, juvenile, and adult subjects.
- a “subject” can include a patient afflicted with or suspected of being afflicted with a condition or disease.
- the terms “subject” and “patient” are used interchangeably herein.
- the method results in inhibition of the tumor growth.
- the presently disclosed subject matter provides a method for imaging one or more prostate-specific membrane antigen (PSMA) tumors or cells, the method comprising contacting to the one or more tumors or cells, an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) and making an image, the compound of Formula (I) comprising:
- Z is tetrazole or CO 2 Q;
- Q is H or a protecting group;
- m is an integer selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5;
- R is independently H or —CH 2 —R 1 ;
- R 1 substituted aryl, substituted pyridine, and unsubstituted isoquinoline;
- L is a linker selected from the group consisting of C 1 -C 6 alkylene and C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylene, and arylene;
- W is selected from the group consisting of —NR 2 —(C ⁇ O)—, —NR 2 —(C ⁇ S)—, —(C ⁇ O)—NR 2 —, and —(C ⁇ S)—NR 2 —; wherein each occurrence of L and W can be the same or different;
- R 2 is H or a C 1 -C 4 alkyl;
- n is an integer selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, and 3;
- Ch
- the presently disclosed subject matter provides a kit comprising a compound of Formula (I).
- the kit provides packaged pharmaceutical compositions comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and a compound of the invention.
- the packaged pharmaceutical composition will comprise the reaction precursors necessary to generate the compound of the invention upon combination with a radio labeled precursor.
- Other packaged pharmaceutical compositions provided by the present invention further comprise indicia comprising at least one of: instructions for preparing compounds according to the invention from supplied precursors, instructions for using the composition to image cells or tissues expressing PSMA, or instructions for using the composition to image glutamatergic neurotransmission in a patient suffering from a stress-related disorder, or instructions for using the composition to image prostate cancer.
- the present disclosure provides a pharmaceutical composition including a compound of Formula (I) alone or in combination with one or more additional therapeutic agents in admixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
- a pharmaceutical composition including a compound of Formula (I) alone or in combination with one or more additional therapeutic agents in admixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
- pharmaceutical compositions include the pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds described above.
- Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are generally well known to those of ordinary skill in the art, and include salts of active compounds which are prepared with relatively nontoxic acids or bases, depending on the particular substituent moieties found on the compounds described herein.
- base addition salts can be obtained by contacting the neutral form of such compounds with a sufficient amount of the desired base, either neat or in a suitable inert solvent or by ion exchange, whereby one basic counterion (base) in an ionic complex is substituted for another.
- bases include sodium, potassium, calcium, ammonium, organic amino, or magnesium salt, or a similar salt.
- acid addition salts can be obtained by contacting the neutral form of such compounds with a sufficient amount of the desired acid, either neat or in a suitable inert solvent or by ion exchange, whereby one acidic counterion (acid) in an ionic complex is substituted for another.
- Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts include those derived from inorganic acids like hydrochloric, hydrobromic, nitric, carbonic, monohydrogencarbonic, phosphoric, monohydrogenphosphoric, dihydrogenphosphoric, sulfuric, monohydrogensulfuric, hydriodic, or phosphorous acids and the like, as well as the salts derived from relatively nontoxic organic acids like acetic, propionic, isobutyric, maleic, malonic, benzoic, succinic, suberic, fumaric, lactic, mandelic, phthalic, benzenesulfonic, p-toluenesulfonic, citric, tartaric, methanesulfonic, and the like.
- inorganic acids like hydrochloric, hydrobromic, nitric, carbonic, monohydrogencarbonic, phosphoric, monohydrogenphosphoric, dihydrogenphosphoric, sulfuric, monohydrogensulfuric, hydriodic, or phosphorous
- salts of amino acids such as arginate and the like, and salts of organic acids like glucuronic or galactunoric acids and the like (see, for example, Berge et al, “Pharmaceutical Salts”, Journal of Pharmaceutical Science, 1977, 66, 1-19).
- Certain specific compounds of the present disclosure contain both basic and acidic functionalities that allow the compounds to be converted into either base or acid addition salts.
- salts suitable for use with the presently disclosed subject matter include, by way of example but not limitation, acetate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate, bicarbonate, bitartrate, bromide, calcium edetate, carnsylate, carbonate, citrate, edetate, edisylate, estolate, esylate, fumarate, gluceptate, gluconate, glutamate, glycollylarsanilate, hexylresorcinate, hydrabamine, hydrobromide, hydrochloride, hydroxynaphthoate, iodide, isethionate, lactate, lactobionate, malate, maleate, mandelate, mesylate, mucate, napsylate, nitrate, pamoate (embonate), pantothenate, phosphate/diphosphate, polygalacturonate, salicylate, stearate, subacetate,
- the compounds of the disclosure can be formulated for a variety of modes of administration, including systemic and topical or localized administration. Techniques and formulations generally may be found in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy (20 th ed.) Lippincott, Williams & Wilkins (2000).
- agents may be formulated into liquid or solid dosage forms and administered systemically or locally.
- the agents may be delivered, for example, in a timed- or sustained-slow release form as is known to those skilled in the art. Techniques for formulation and administration may be found in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy (20 th ed.) Lippincott, Williams & Wilkins (2000).
- Suitable routes may include oral, buccal, by inhalation spray, sublingual, rectal, transdermal, vaginal, transmucosal, nasal or intestinal administration; parenteral delivery, including intramuscular, subcutaneous, intramedullary injections, as well as intrathecal, direct intraventricular, intravenous, intra-articullar, intra-sternal, intra-synovial, intra-hepatic, intralesional, intracranial, intraperitoneal, intranasal, or intraocular injections or other modes of delivery.
- the agents of the disclosure may be formulated and diluted in aqueous solutions, such as in physiologically compatible buffers such as Hank's solution, Ringer's solution, or physiological saline buffer.
- physiologically compatible buffers such as Hank's solution, Ringer's solution, or physiological saline buffer.
- penetrants appropriate to the barrier to be permeated are used in the formulation. Such penetrants are generally known in the art.
- compositions of the present disclosure in particular, those formulated as solutions, may be administered parenterally, such as by intravenous injection.
- the compounds can be formulated readily using pharmaceutically acceptable carriers well known in the art into dosages suitable for oral administration.
- Such carriers enable the compounds of the disclosure to be formulated as tablets, pills, capsules, liquids, gels, syrups, slurries, suspensions and the like, for oral ingestion by a subject (e.g., patient) to be treated.
- the agents of the disclosure also may be formulated by methods known to those of skill in the art, and may include, for example, but not limited to, examples of solubilizing, diluting, or dispersing substances, such as saline; preservatives, such as benzyl alcohol; absorption promoters; and fluorocarbons.
- compositions suitable for use in the present disclosure include compositions wherein the active ingredients are contained in an effective amount to achieve its intended purpose. Determination of the effective amounts is well within the capability of those skilled in the art, especially in light of the detailed disclosure provided herein. Generally, the compounds according to the disclosure are effective over a wide dosage range. For example, in the treatment of adult humans, dosages from 0.01 to 1000 mg, from 0.5 to 100 mg, from 1 to 50 mg per day, and from 5 to 40 mg per day are examples of dosages that may be used. A non-limiting dosage is 10 to 30 mg per day.
- the exact dosage will depend upon the route of administration, the form in which the compound is administered, the subject to be treated, the body weight of the subject to be treated, the bioavailability of the compound(s), the adsorption, distribution, metabolism, and excretion (ADME) toxicity of the compound(s), and the preference and experience of the attending physician.
- these pharmaceutical compositions may contain suitable pharmaceutically acceptable carriers comprising excipients and auxiliaries which facilitate processing of the active compounds into preparations which can be used pharmaceutically.
- suitable pharmaceutically acceptable carriers comprising excipients and auxiliaries which facilitate processing of the active compounds into preparations which can be used pharmaceutically.
- the preparations formulated for oral administration may be in the form of tablets, dragees, capsules, or solutions.
- compositions for oral use can be obtained by combining the active compounds with solid excipients, optionally grinding a resulting mixture, and processing the mixture of granules, after adding suitable auxiliaries, if desired, to obtain tablets or dragee cores.
- suitable excipients are, in particular, fillers such as sugars, including lactose, sucrose, mannitol, or sorbitol; cellulose preparations, for example, maize starch, wheat starch, rice starch, potato starch, gelatin, gum tragacanth, methyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl-cellulose, sodium carboxymethyl-cellulose (CMC), and/or polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP: povidone).
- disintegrating agents may be added, such as the cross-linked polyvinylpyrrolidone, agar, or alginic acid or a salt thereof such as sodium alginate.
- Dragee cores are provided with suitable coatings.
- suitable coatings may be used, which may optionally contain gum arabic, talc, polyvinylpyrrolidone, carbopol gel, polyethylene glycol (PEG), and/or titanium dioxide, lacquer solutions, and suitable organic solvents or solvent mixtures.
- Dye-stuffs or pigments may be added to the tablets or dragee coatings for identification or to characterize different combinations of active compound doses.
- compositions that can be used orally include push-fit capsules made of gelatin, as well as soft, sealed capsules made of gelatin, and a plasticizer, such as glycerol or sorbitol.
- the push-fit capsules can contain the active ingredients in admixture with filler such as lactose, binders such as starches, and/or lubricants such as talc or magnesium stearate and, optionally, stabilizers.
- the active compounds may be dissolved or suspended in suitable liquids, such as fatty oils, liquid paraffin, or liquid polyethylene glycols (PEGs).
- PEGs liquid polyethylene glycols
- stabilizers may be added.
- substituted refers to the ability, as appreciated by one skilled in this art, to change one functional group for another functional group on a molecule, provided that the valency of all atoms is maintained.
- substituent may be either the same or different at every position.
- the substituents also may be further substituted (e.g., an aryl group substituent may have another substituent off it, such as another aryl group, which is further substituted at one or more positions).
- substituent groups or linking groups are specified by their conventional chemical formulae, written from left to right, they equally encompass the chemically identical substituents that would result from writing the structure from right to left, e.g., —CH 2 O— is equivalent to —OCH 2 —; —C( ⁇ O)O— is equivalent to —OC( ⁇ O)—; —OC( ⁇ O)NR— is equivalent to —NRC( ⁇ O)O—, and the like.
- R groups such as groups R 1 , R 2 , and the like, or variables, such as “m” and “n”
- R 1 and R 2 can be substituted alkyls, or R 1 can be hydrogen and R 2 can be a substituted alkyl, and the like.
- a when used in reference to a group of substituents herein, mean at least one.
- a compound is substituted with “an” alkyl or aryl, the compound is optionally substituted with at least one alkyl and/or at least one aryl.
- the group may be referred to as “R-substituted.” Where a moiety is R-substituted, the moiety is substituted with at least one R substituent and each R substituent is optionally different.
- R or group will generally have the structure that is recognized in the art as corresponding to a group having that name, unless specified otherwise herein.
- certain representative “R” groups as set forth above are defined below.
- a “substituent group,” as used herein, includes a functional group selected from one or more of the following moieties, which are defined herein:
- hydrocarbon refers to any chemical group comprising hydrogen and carbon.
- the hydrocarbon may be substituted or unsubstituted. As would be known to one skilled in this art, all valencies must be satisfied in making any substitutions.
- the hydrocarbon may be unsaturated, saturated, branched, unbranched, cyclic, polycyclic, or heterocyclic.
- Illustrative hydrocarbons are further defined herein below and include, for example, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl, allyl, vinyl, n-butyl, tert-butyl, ethynyl, cyclohexyl, and the like.
- alkyl by itself or as part of another substituent, means, unless otherwise stated, a straight (i.e., unbranched) or branched chain, acyclic or cyclic hydrocarbon group, or combination thereof, which may be fully saturated, mono- or polyunsaturated and can include di- and multivalent groups, having the number of carbon atoms designated (i.e., C 1 -C 10 means one to ten carbons, including 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10 carbons).
- alkyl refers to C 1-20 inclusive, including 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, and 20 carbons, linear (i.e., “straight-chain”), branched, or cyclic, saturated or at least partially and in some cases fully unsaturated (i.e., alkenyl and alkynyl) hydrocarbon radicals derived from a hydrocarbon moiety containing between one and twenty carbon atoms by removal of a single hydrogen atom.
- saturated hydrocarbon groups include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, sec-pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, n-hexyl, sec-hexyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, n-decyl, n-undecyl, dodecyl, cyclohexyl, (cyclohexyl)methyl, cyclopropylmethyl, and homologs and isomers thereof.
- Branched refers to an alkyl group in which a lower alkyl group, such as methyl, ethyl or propyl, is attached to a linear alkyl chain.
- Lower alkyl refers to an alkyl group having 1 to about 8 carbon atoms (i.e., a C 1 _ 8 alkyl), e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 carbon atoms.
- Higher alkyl refers to an alkyl group having about 10 to about 20 carbon atoms, e.g., 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20 carbon atoms.
- alkyl refers, in particular, to C 1 _ 8 straight-chain alkyls.
- alkyl refers, in particular, to C 1-8 branched-chain alkyls.
- Alkyl groups can optionally be substituted (a “substituted alkyl”) with one or more alkyl group substituents, which can be the same or different.
- alkyl group substituent includes but is not limited to alkyl, substituted alkyl, halo, arylamino, acyl, hydroxyl, aryloxyl, alkoxyl, alkylthio, arylthio, aralkyloxyl, aralkylthio, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, oxo, and cycloalkyl.
- alkyl chain There can be optionally inserted along the alkyl chain one or more oxygen, sulfur or substituted or unsubstituted nitrogen atoms, wherein the nitrogen substituent is hydrogen, lower alkyl (also referred to herein as “alkylaminoalkyl”), or aryl.
- substituted alkyl includes alkyl groups, as defined herein, in which one or more atoms or functional groups of the alkyl group are replaced with another atom or functional group, including for example, alkyl, substituted alkyl, halogen, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxyl, hydroxyl, nitro, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, sulfate, and mercapto.
- heteroalkyl by itself or in combination with another term, means, unless otherwise stated, a stable straight or branched chain, or cyclic hydrocarbon group, or combinations thereof, consisting of at least one carbon atoms and at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of O, N, P, Si and S, and wherein the nitrogen, phosphorus, and sulfur atoms may optionally be oxidized and the nitrogen heteroatom may optionally be quaternized.
- the heteroatom(s) O, N, P and S and Si may be placed at any interior position of the heteroalkyl group or at the position at which alkyl group is attached to the remainder of the molecule.
- Examples include, but are not limited to, —CH 2 —CH 2 —O—CH 3 , —CH 2 —CH 2 —NH—CH 3 , —CH 2 —CH 2 —N(CH 3 )—CH 3 , —CH 2 —S—CH 2 —CH 3 , —CH 2 —CH 25 —S(O)—CH 3 , —CH 2 —CH 2 —S(O) 2 —CH 3 , —CH ⁇ CHO—CH 3 , —Si(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 —CH ⁇ N—OCH 3 , —CH ⁇ CH—N(CH 3 )—CH 3 , O—CH 3 , —O—CH 2 —CH 3 , and —CN. Up to two or three heteroatoms may be consecutive, such as, for example, —CH 2 —NH—OCH 3 and —CH 2 —O—Si(CH 3 ) 3 .
- heteroalkyl groups include those groups that are attached to the remainder of the molecule through a heteroatom, such as —C(O)NR′, —NR′R′′, —OR′, —SR, —S(O)R, and/or —S(O 2 )R′.
- heteroalkyl is recited, followed by recitations of specific heteroalkyl groups, such as —NR′R or the like, it will be understood that the terms heteroalkyl and —NR′R′′ are not redundant or mutually exclusive. Rather, the specific heteroalkyl groups are recited to add clarity. Thus, the term “heteroalkyl” should not be interpreted herein as excluding specific heteroalkyl groups, such as —NR′R′′ or the like.
- Cyclic and “cycloalkyl” refer to a non-aromatic mono- or multicyclic ring system of about 3 to about 10 carbon atoms, e.g., 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 carbon atoms.
- the cycloalkyl group can be optionally partially unsaturated.
- the cycloalkyl group also can be optionally substituted with an alkyl group substituent as defined herein, oxo, and/or alkylene.
- cyclic alkyl chain There can be optionally inserted along the cyclic alkyl chain one or more oxygen, sulfur or substituted or unsubstituted nitrogen atoms, wherein the nitrogen substituent is hydrogen, unsubstituted alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, or substituted aryl, thus providing a heterocyclic group.
- Representative monocyclic cycloalkyl rings include cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and cycloheptyl.
- Multicyclic cycloalkyl rings include adamantyl, octahydronaphthyl, decalin, camphor, camphane, and noradamantyl, and fused ring systems, such as dihydro- and tetrahydronaphthalene, and the like.
- cycloalkylalkyl refers to a cycloalkyl group as defined hereinabove, which is attached to the parent molecular moiety through an alkyl group, also as defined above.
- alkyl group also as defined above.
- examples of cycloalkylalkyl groups include cyclopropylmethyl and cyclopentylethyl.
- cycloheteroalkyl or “heterocycloalkyl” refer to a non-aromatic ring system, unsaturated or partially unsaturated ring system, such as a 3- to 10-member substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl ring system, including one or more heteroatoms, which can be the same or different, and are selected from the group consisting of nitrogen (N), oxygen (O), sulfur (S), phosphorus (P), and silicon (Si), and optionally can include one or more double bonds.
- N nitrogen
- O oxygen
- S sulfur
- P phosphorus
- Si silicon
- the cycloheteroalkyl ring can be optionally fused to or otherwise attached to other cycloheteroalkyl rings and/or non-aromatic hydrocarbon rings.
- Heterocyclic rings include those having from one to three heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, sulfur, and nitrogen, in which the nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms may optionally be oxidized and the nitrogen heteroatom may optionally be quaternized.
- heterocylic refers to a non-aromatic 5-, 6-, or 7-membered ring or a polycyclic group wherein at least one ring atom is a heteroatom selected from O, S, and N (wherein the nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms may be optionally oxidized), including, but not limited to, a bi- or tri-cyclic group, comprising fused six-membered rings having between one and three heteroatoms independently selected from the oxygen, sulfur, and nitrogen, wherein (i) each 5-membered ring has 0 to 2 double bonds, each 6-membered ring has 0 to 2 double bonds, and each 7-membered ring has 0 to 3 double bonds, (ii) the nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms may be optionally oxidized, (iii) the nitrogen heteroatom may optionally be quaternized, and (iv) any of the above heterocyclic rings may be fused to an aryl or heteroaryl ring.
- Representative cycloheteroalkyl ring systems include, but are not limited to pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolinyl, imidazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, piperidyl, piperazinyl, indolinyl, quinuclidinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiadiazinanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, and the like.
- cycloalkyl and “heterocycloalkyl”, by themselves or in combination with other terms, represent, unless otherwise stated, cyclic versions of “alkyl” and “heteroalkyl”, respectively. Additionally, for heterocycloalkyl, a heteroatom can occupy the position at which the heterocycle is attached to the remainder of the molecule. Examples of cycloalkyl include, but are not limited to, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, 1-cyclohexenyl, 3-cyclohexenyl, cycloheptyl, and the like.
- heterocycloalkyl examples include, but are not limited to, 1-(1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridyl), 1-piperidinyl, 2-piperidinyl, 3-piperidinyl, 4-morpholinyl, 3-morpholinyl, tetrahydrofuran-2-yl, tetrahydrofuran-3-yl, tetrahydrothien-2-yl, tetrahydrothien-3-yl, 1-piperazinyl, 2-piperazinyl, and the like.
- cycloalkylene and “heterocycloalkylene” refer to the divalent derivatives of cycloalkyl and heterocycloalkyl, respectively.
- An unsaturated alkyl group is one having one or more double bonds or triple bonds.
- unsaturated alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, vinyl, 2-propenyl, crotyl, 2-isopentenyl, 2-(butadienyl), 2,4-pentadienyl, 3-(1,4-pentadienyl), ethynyl, 1- and 3-propynyl, 3-butynyl, and the higher homologs and isomers.
- Alkyl groups which are limited to hydrocarbon groups are termed “homoalkyl.”
- alkenyl refers to a monovalent group derived from a C 1-20 inclusive straight or branched hydrocarbon moiety having at least one carbon-carbon double bond by the removal of a single hydrogen molecule.
- Alkenyl groups include, for example, ethenyl (i.e., vinyl), propenyl, butenyl, 1-methyl-2-buten-1-yl, pentenyl, hexenyl, octenyl, allenyl, and butadienyl.
- cycloalkenyl refers to a cyclic hydrocarbon containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond.
- Examples of cycloalkenyl groups include cyclopropenyl, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclopentadiene, cyclohexenyl, 1,3-cyclohexadiene, cycloheptenyl, cycloheptatrienyl, and cyclooctenyl.
- alkynyl refers to a monovalent group derived from a straight or branched C 1-20 hydrocarbon of a designed number of carbon atoms containing at least one carbon-carbon triple bond.
- alkynyl include ethynyl, 2-propynyl (propargyl), 1-propynyl, pentynyl, hexynyl, and heptynyl groups, and the like.
- alkylene by itself or a part of another substituent refers to a straight or branched bivalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group derived from an alkyl group having from 1 to about 20 carbon atoms, e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20 carbon atoms.
- the alkylene group can be straight, branched or cyclic.
- the alkylene group also can be optionally unsaturated and/or substituted with one or more “alkyl group substituents.” There can be optionally inserted along the alkylene group one or more oxygen, sulfur or substituted or unsubstituted nitrogen atoms (also referred to herein as “alkylaminoalkyl”), wherein the nitrogen substituent is alkyl as previously described.
- alkylene groups include methylene (—CH 2 —); ethylene (—CH 2 —CH 2 —); propylene (—(CH 2 ) 3 —); cyclohexylene (—C 6 H 10 —); —CH ⁇ CH—CH ⁇ CH—; —CH ⁇ CH—CH 2 —; —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH ⁇ CHCH 2 —, —CH 2 CsCCH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 CH(CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 )CH 2 —, —(CH 2 ) q —N(R)—(CH 2 ) r —, wherein each of q and r is independently an integer from 0 to about 20, e.g., 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20, and R is hydrogen or lower alkyl; methylenedioxyl (—O—CH 2 —O—); and ethylenedioxyl (—O—(CH 2 —
- An alkylene group can have about 2 to about 3 carbon atoms and can further have 6-20 carbons. Typically, an alkyl (or alkylene) group will have from 1 to 24 carbon atoms, with those groups having 10 or fewer carbon atoms being some embodiments of the present disclosure.
- a “lower alkyl” or “lower alkylene” is a shorter chain alkyl or alkylene group, generally having eight or fewer carbon atoms.
- heteroalkylene by itself or as part of another substituent means a divalent group derived from heteroalkyl, as exemplified, but not limited by, —CH 2 —CH 2 —S—CH 2 —CH 2 — and —CH 2 —S—CH 2 —CH 2 —NH—CH 2 —.
- heteroalkylene groups heteroatoms also can occupy either or both of the chain termini (e.g., alkyleneoxo, alkylenedioxo, alkyleneamino, alkylenediamino, and the like).
- no orientation of the linking group is implied by the direction in which the formula of the linking group is written.
- the formula —C(O)OR′— represents both —C(O)OR′— and —R′OC(O)—.
- aryl means, unless otherwise stated, an aromatic hydrocarbon substituent that can be a single ring or multiple rings (such as from 1 to 3 rings), which are fused together or linked covalently.
- heteroaryl refers to aryl groups (or rings) that contain from one to four heteroatoms (in each separate ring in the case of multiple rings) selected from N, O, and S, wherein the nitrogen and sulfur atoms are optionally oxidized, and the nitrogen atom(s) are optionally quaternized.
- a heteroaryl group can be attached to the remainder of the molecule through a carbon or heteroatom.
- Non-limiting examples of aryl and heteroaryl groups include phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 4-biphenyl, 1-pyrrolyl, 2-pyrrolyl, 3-pyrrolyl, 3-pyrazolyl, 2-imidazolyl, 4-imidazolyl, pyrazinyl, 2-oxazolyl, 4-oxazolyl, 2-phenyl-4-oxazolyl, 5-oxazolyl, 3-isoxazolyl, 4-isoxazolyl, 5-isoxazolyl, 2-thiazolyl, 4-thiazolyl, 5-thiazolyl, 2-furyl, 3-furyl, 2-thienyl, 3-thienyl, 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 2-pyrimidyl, 4-pyrimidyl, 5-benzothiazolyl, purinyl, 2-benzimidazolyl, 5-indolyl, 1-isoquinoly
- arylene and heteroarylene refer to the divalent forms of aryl and heteroaryl, respectively.
- aryl when used in combination with other terms (e.g., aryloxy, arylthioxy, arylalkyl) includes both aryl and heteroaryl rings as defined above.
- arylalkyl and heteroarylalkyl are meant to include those groups in which an aryl or heteroaryl group is attached to an alkyl group (e.g., benzyl, phenethyl, pyridylmethyl, furylmethyl, and the like) including those alkyl groups in which a carbon atom (e.g., a methylene group) has been replaced by, for example, an oxygen atom (e.g., phenoxymethyl, 2-pyridyloxymethyl, 3-(1-naphthyloxy)propyl, and the like).
- haloaryl as used herein is meant to cover only aryls substituted with one or more halogens.
- heteroalkyl where a heteroalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, or heteroaryl includes a specific number of members (e.g. “3 to 7 membered”), the term “member” refers to a carbon or heteroatom.
- a ring structure for example, but not limited to a 3-carbon, a 4-carbon, a 5-carbon, a 6-carbon, a 7-carbon, and the like, aliphatic and/or aromatic cyclic compound, including a saturated ring structure, a partially saturated ring structure, and an unsaturated ring structure, comprising a substituent R group, wherein the R group can be present or absent, and when present, one or more R groups can each be substituted on one or more available carbon atoms of the ring structure.
- the presence or absence of the R group and number of R groups is determined by the value of the variable “n,” which is an integer generally having a value ranging from 0 to the number of carbon atoms on the ring available for substitution.
- n is an integer generally having a value ranging from 0 to the number of carbon atoms on the ring available for substitution.
- Each R group if more than one, is substituted on an available carbon of the ring structure rather than on another R group.
- a dashed line representing a bond in a cyclic ring structure indicates that the bond can be either present or absent in the ring. That is, a dashed line representing a bond in a cyclic ring structure indicates that the ring structure is selected from the group consisting of a saturated ring structure, a partially saturated ring structure, and an unsaturated ring structure.
- Substituents for alkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl monovalent and divalent derivative groups can be one or more of a variety of groups selected from, but not limited to: —OR′, ⁇ O, ⁇ NR′, ⁇ N—OR′, —NR′R′′, —SR′, -halogen, —SiR′R′′R′′′, —OC(O)R′, —C(O)R′, —CO 2 R′, —C(O)NR′R′′, —OC(O)NR′R′′, —NR′′C(O)R′, —NR′—C(O)NR′′R′′′, —NR′′C(O)OR′,
- R′, R′′, R′′′ and R′′′′ each may independently refer to hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl (e.g., aryl substituted with 1-3 halogens), substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, alkoxy or thioalkoxy groups, or arylalkyl groups.
- an “alkoxy” group is an alkyl attached to the remainder of the molecule through a divalent oxygen.
- each of the R groups is independently selected as are each R′, R′′, R′′′ and R′′′′ groups when more than one of these groups is present.
- R′ and R′′ are attached to the same nitrogen atom, they can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered ring.
- —NR′R′′ is meant to include, but not be limited to, 1-pyrrolidinyl and 4-morpholinyl.
- alkyl is meant to include groups including carbon atoms bound to groups other than hydrogen groups, such as haloalkyl (e.g., —CF 3 and —CH 2 CF 3 ) and acyl (e.g., —C(O)CH 3 , —C(O)CF 3 , —C(O)CH 2 OCH 3 , and the like).
- haloalkyl e.g., —CF 3 and —CH 2 CF 3
- acyl e.g., —C(O)CH 3 , —C(O)CF 3 , —C(O)CH 2 OCH 3 , and the like.
- exemplary substituents for aryl and heteroaryl groups are varied and are selected from, for example: halogen, —OR′, —NR′R′′, —SR′, —SiR′R′′R′′′, —OC(O)R′, —C(O)R′, —CO 2 R′, —C(O)NR′R′′, —OC(O)NR′R′′, —NR′′C(O)R′, —NR′—C(O)NR′′R′′′, —NR′′C(O)OR′, —NR—C(NR′R′′R′′′) ⁇ NR′′′′, —NR—C(NR′R′′) ⁇ NR′′′—S(O)R′, —S(O) 2 R′, —S(O) 2 NR′R′′, —NRSO 2 R′, —CN and —NO 2 , —R′,
- Two of the substituents on adjacent atoms of aryl or heteroaryl ring may optionally form a ring of the formula -T-C(O)—(CRR′) q -U-, wherein T and U are independently —NR—, —O—, —CRR′— or a single bond, and q is an integer of from 0 to 3.
- two of the substituents on adjacent atoms of aryl or heteroaryl ring may optionally be replaced with a substituent of the formula -A-(CH 2 ) r -B-, wherein A and B are independently —CRR′—, —O—, —NR—, —S—, —S(O)—, —S(O) 2 —, —S(O) 2 NR′— or a single bond, and r is an integer of from 1 to 4.
- One of the single bonds of the new ring so formed may optionally be replaced with a double bond.
- two of the substituents on adjacent atoms of aryl or heteroaryl ring may optionally be replaced with a substituent of the formula —(CRR′) s —X′—(C′′R′′′) d —, where s and d are independently integers of from 0 to 3, and X′ is —O—, —NR′—, —S—, —S(O)—, —S(O) 2 —, or —S(O) 2 NR′—.
- the substituents R, R′, R′′ and R′′′ may be independently selected from hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- acyl refers to an organic acid group wherein the —OH of the carboxyl group has been replaced with another substituent and has the general formula RC( ⁇ O)—, wherein R is an alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, carbocylic, heterocyclic, or aromatic heterocyclic group as defined herein).
- R is an alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, carbocylic, heterocyclic, or aromatic heterocyclic group as defined herein).
- acyl specifically includes arylacyl groups, such as a 2-(furan-2-yl)acetyl)- and a 2-phenylacetyl group. Specific examples of acyl groups include acetyl and benzoyl.
- Acyl groups also are intended to include amides, —RC( ⁇ O)NR′, esters, —RC( ⁇ O)OR′, ketones, —RC( ⁇ O)R′, and aldehydes, —RC( ⁇ O)H.
- alkoxyl or “alkoxy” are used interchangeably herein and refer to a saturated (i.e., alkyl-O—) or unsaturated (i.e., alkenyl-O— and alkynyl-O—) group attached to the parent molecular moiety through an oxygen atom, wherein the terms “alkyl,” “alkenyl,” and “alkynyl” are as previously described and can include C 1-20 inclusive, linear, branched, or cyclic, saturated or unsaturated oxo-hydrocarbon chains, including, for example, methoxyl, ethoxyl, propoxyl, isopropoxyl, n-butoxyl, sec-butoxyl, tert-butoxyl, and n-pentoxyl, neopentoxyl, n-hexoxyl, and the like.
- alkoxyalkyl refers to an alkyl-O-alkyl ether, for example, a methoxyethyl or an ethoxymethyl group.
- Aryloxyl refers to an aryl-O— group wherein the aryl group is as previously described, including a substituted aryl.
- aryloxyl as used herein can refer to phenyloxyl or hexyloxyl, and alkyl, substituted alkyl, halo, or alkoxyl substituted phenyloxyl or hexyloxyl.
- Alkyl refers to an aryl-alkyl-group wherein aryl and alkyl are as previously described, and included substituted aryl and substituted alkyl.
- exemplary aralkyl groups include benzyl, phenylethyl, and naphthylmethyl.
- Alkyloxyl refers to an aralkyl-O— group wherein the aralkyl group is as previously described.
- An exemplary aralkyloxyl group is benzyloxyl, i.e., C 6 H 5 —CH 2 —O—.
- An aralkyloxyl group can optionally be substituted.
- Alkoxycarbonyl refers to an alkyl-O—C( ⁇ O)— group.
- exemplary alkoxycarbonyl groups include methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, butyloxycarbonyl, and tert-butyloxycarbonyl.
- Aryloxycarbonyl refers to an aryl-O—C( ⁇ O)— group.
- exemplary aryloxycarbonyl groups include phenoxy- and naphthoxy-carbonyl.
- Alkoxycarbonyl refers to an aralkyl-O—C( ⁇ O)— group.
- An exemplary aralkoxycarbonyl group is benzyloxycarbonyl.
- Carbamoyl refers to an amide group of the formula —C( ⁇ O)NH 2 .
- Alkylcarbamoyl refers to a R′RN—C( ⁇ O)— group wherein one of R and R′ is hydrogen and the other of R and R′ is alkyl and/or substituted alkyl as previously described.
- Dialkylcarbamoyl refers to a R′RN—C( ⁇ O)— group wherein each of R and R′ is independently alkyl and/or substituted alkyl as previously described.
- carbonyldioxyl refers to a carbonate group of the formula —O—C( ⁇ O)—OR.
- acyloxyl refers to an acyl-O— group wherein acyl is as previously described.
- amino refers to the —NH 2 group and also refers to a nitrogen containing group as is known in the art derived from ammonia by the replacement of one or more hydrogen radicals by organic radicals.
- acylamino and alkylamino refer to specific N-substituted organic radicals with acyl and alkyl substituent groups respectively.
- aminoalkyl refers to an amino group covalently bound to an alkylene linker. More particularly, the terms alkylamino, dialkylamino, and trialkylamino as used herein refer to one, two, or three, respectively, alkyl groups, as previously defined, attached to the parent molecular moiety through a nitrogen atom.
- alkylamino refers to a group having the structure —NHR′ wherein R′ is an alkyl group, as previously defined; whereas the term dialkylamino refers to a group having the structure —NR′R′′, wherein R′ and R′′ are each independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl groups.
- trialkylamino refers to a group having the structure —NR′R′′R′′′, wherein R′, R′′, and R′′′ are each independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl groups. Additionally, R′, R′′, and/or R′′′ taken together may optionally be —(CH 2 ) k — where k is an integer from 2 to 6. Examples include, but are not limited to, methylamino, dimethylamino, ethylamino, diethylamino, diethylaminocarbonyl, methylethylamino, isopropylamino, piperidino, trimethylamino, and propylamino.
- the amino group is —NR′R′′, wherein R′ and R′′ are typically selected from hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- alkylthioether and thioalkoxyl refer to a saturated (i.e., alkyl-S—) or unsaturated (i.e., alkenyl-S— and alkynyl-S—) group attached to the parent molecular moiety through a sulfur atom.
- thioalkoxyl moieties include, but are not limited to, methylthio, ethylthio, propylthio, isopropylthio, n-butylthio, and the like.
- “Acylamino” refers to an acyl-NH— group wherein acyl is as previously described.
- “Aroylamino” refers to an aroyl-NH— group wherein aroyl is as previously described.
- carbonyl refers to the —C( ⁇ O)— group, and can include an aldehyde group represented by the general formula R—C( ⁇ O)H.
- carboxyl refers to the —COOH group. Such groups also are referred to herein as a “carboxylic acid” moiety.
- halo refers to fluoro, chloro, bromo, and iodo groups. Additionally, terms such as “haloalkyl,” are meant to include monohaloalkyl and polyhaloalkyl.
- halo(C 1 -C 4 )alkyl is mean to include, but not be limited to, trifluoromethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 4-chlorobutyl, 3-bromopropyl, and the like.
- hydroxyl refers to the —OH group.
- hydroxyalkyl refers to an alkyl group substituted with an —OH group.
- mercapto refers to the —SH group.
- oxo as used herein means an oxygen atom that is double bonded to a carbon atom or to another element.
- nitro refers to the —NO 2 group.
- thio refers to a compound described previously herein wherein a carbon or oxygen atom is replaced by a sulfur atom.
- thiohydroxyl or thiol refers to a group of the formula —SH.
- sulfide refers to compound having a group of the formula —SR.
- sulfone refers to compound having a sulfonyl group —S(O 2 )R.
- sulfoxide refers to a compound having a sulfinyl group —S(O)R
- ureido refers to a urea group of the formula —NH—CO—NH 2 .
- protecting group in reference to compounds of formula (I) refers to a chemical substituent which can be selectively removed by readily available reagents which do not attack the regenerated functional group or other functional groups in the molecule.
- Suitable protecting groups are known in the art and continue to be developed. Suitable protecting groups may be found, for example in Wutz et al. (“Greene's Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, Fourth Edition,” Wiley-Interscience, 2007). Protecting groups for protection of the carboxyl group, as described by Wutz et al. (pages 533-643), are used in certain embodiments. In some embodiments, the protecting group is removable by treatment with acid.
- protecting groups include, but are not limited to, benzyl, p-methoxybenzyl (PMB), tertiary butyl (t-Bu), methoxymethyl (MOM), methoxyethoxymethyl (MEM), methylthiomethyl (MTM), tetrahydropyranyl (THP), tetrahydrofuranyl (THF), benzyloxymethyl (BOM), trimethylsilyl (TMS), triethylsilyl (TES), t-butyldimethylsilyl (TBDMS), and triphenylmethyl (trityl, Tr).
- PMB p-methoxybenzyl
- t-Bu tertiary butyl
- MOM methoxymethyl
- MTM methoxyethoxymethyl
- THF tetrahydrofuranyl
- BOM benzyloxymethyl
- TMS trimethylsilyl
- TES triethylsilyl
- TDMS t-
- Certain compounds of the present disclosure may possess asymmetric carbon atoms (optical or chiral centers) or double bonds; the enantiomers, racemates, diastereomers, tautomers, geometric isomers, stereoisometric forms that may be defined, in terms of absolute stereochemistry, as (R)-or (S)- or, as D- or L- for amino acids, and individual isomers are encompassed within the scope of the present disclosure.
- the compounds of the present disclosure do not include those which are known in art to be too unstable to synthesize and/or isolate.
- the present disclosure is meant to include compounds in racemic, scalemic, and optically pure forms.
- Optically active (R)- and (S)-, or D- and L-isomers may be prepared using chiral synthons or chiral reagents, or resolved using conventional techniques.
- the compounds described herein contain olefenic bonds or other centers of geometric asymmetry, and unless specified otherwise, it is intended that the compounds include both E and Z geometric isomers.
- structures depicted herein are also meant to include all stereochemical forms of the structure; i.e., the R and S configurations for each asymmetric center. Therefore, single stereochemical isomers as well as enantiomeric and diastereomeric mixtures of the present compounds are within the scope of the disclosure.
- tautomer refers to one of two or more structural isomers which exist in equilibrium and which are readily converted from one isomeric form to another.
- structures depicted herein are also meant to include compounds which differ only in the presence of one or more isotopically enriched atoms.
- compounds having the present structures with the replacement of a hydrogen by a deuterium or tritium, or the replacement of a carbon by 13 C- or 14 C-enriched carbon are within the scope of this disclosure.
- the compounds of the present disclosure may also contain unnatural proportions of atomic isotopes at one or more of atoms that constitute such compounds.
- the compounds may be radiolabeled with radioactive isotopes, such as for example tritium ( 3 H), iodine-125 ( 125 I) or carbon-14 ( 14 C). All isotopic variations of the compounds of the present disclosure, whether radioactive or not, are encompassed within the scope of the present disclosure.
- the compounds of the present disclosure may exist as salts.
- the present disclosure includes such salts.
- Examples of applicable salt forms include hydrochlorides, hydrobromides, sulfates, methanesulfonates, nitrates, maleates, acetates, citrates, fumarates, tartrates (e.g. (+)-tartrates, ( ⁇ )-tartrates or mixtures thereof including racemic mixtures, succinates, benzoates and salts with amino acids such as glutamic acid.
- These salts may be prepared by methods known to those skilled in art.
- base addition salts such as sodium, potassium, calcium, ammonium, organic amino, or magnesium salt, or a similar salt.
- acid addition salts can be obtained by contacting the neutral form of such compounds with a sufficient amount of the desired acid, either neat or in a suitable inert solvent or by ion exchange.
- acceptable acid addition salts include those derived from inorganic acids like hydrochloric, hydrobromic, nitric, carbonic, monohydrogencarbonic, phosphoric, monohydrogenphosphoric, dihydrogenphosphoric, sulfuric, monohydrogensulfuric, hydriodic, or phosphorous acids and the like, as well as the salts derived organic acids like acetic, propionic, isobutyric, maleic, malonic, benzoic, succinic, suberic, fumaric, lactic, mandelic, phthalic, benzenesulfonic, p-tolylsulfonic, citric, tartaric, methanesulfonic, and the like.
- salts of amino acids such as arginate and the like, and salts of organic acids like glucuronic or galactunoric acids and the like.
- Certain specific compounds of the present disclosure contain both basic and acidic functionalities that allow the compounds to be converted into either base or acid addition salts.
- the neutral forms of the compounds may be regenerated by contacting the salt with a base or acid and isolating the parent compound in the conventional manner.
- the parent form of the compound differs from the various salt forms in certain physical properties, such as solubility in polar solvents.
- Certain compounds of the present disclosure can exist in unsolvated forms as well as solvated forms, including hydrated forms. In general, the solvated forms are equivalent to unsolvated forms and are encompassed within the scope of the present disclosure. Certain compounds of the present disclosure may exist in multiple crystalline or amorphous forms. In general, all physical forms are equivalent for the uses contemplated by the present disclosure and are intended to be within the scope of the present disclosure.
- the present disclosure provides compounds, which are in a prodrug form.
- Prodrugs of the compounds described herein are those compounds that readily undergo chemical changes under physiological conditions to provide the compounds of the present disclosure.
- prodrugs can be converted to the compounds of the present disclosure by chemical or biochemical methods in an ex vivo environment. For example, prodrugs can be slowly converted to the compounds of the present disclosure when placed in a transdermal patch reservoir with a suitable enzyme or chemical reagent.
- the term “about,” when referring to a value can be meant to encompass variations of, in some embodiments, ⁇ 100% in some embodiments ⁇ 50%, in some embodiments ⁇ 20%, in some embodiments ⁇ 10%, in some embodiments ⁇ 5%, in some embodiments ⁇ 1%, in some embodiments ⁇ 0.5%, and in some embodiments ⁇ 0.1% from the specified amount, as such variations are appropriate to perform the disclosed methods or employ the disclosed compositions.
- PSMA prostate-specific membrane antigen
- 177 Lu-1 showed significant radiotherapeutic efficacy, about 50% remission of PSMA+ PC3 tumor bearing mice.
- p-SCN-bn-DOTA (12.2 mg, 17.7 ⁇ mol) was added to a stirred solution of 6 (12.2 mg of TFA salt) and DIPEA (15.2 ⁇ L, 87.0 ⁇ mol) in DMSO (130 ⁇ L) equilibrated to 40° C. Reaction mixture was stirred at 40° C. for four hours and stored at 4° C. overnight. Reaction mixture was purified by reverse phase HPLC (hold 20% ACN for 5 min, then 20-40% over 19 minutes). R t approximately 12 minutes. Purified fractions were combined, rotoevaporated to decrease volume, and then lyopholized. ESI-MS: 1138.37 [M+H] + , found: 1138.5.
- the compound 1 was further purified by HPLC with gradient method
- the HPLC method is a gradient method containing a mobile phase 88% water (containing 0.1% TFA) and 22% CH 3 CN (0.1% TFA) for 1-5 min followed by 0-5 min water 88% water (containing 0.1% TFA) and 12% CH 3 CN (0.1% TFA), and from 5-25 min 88% water to 44% water and 12% acetonitrile to 56% acetonitrile with flow rate 8 m/min.
- Radiolableing of 177 Lu-1 1.0 ⁇ l of 177 LuCl 3 (1 mCi) in 0.1 N HCl was added 70 ⁇ l NH 4 OAc buffer (0.2 M, pH 4) and to 5 ⁇ l of 2 mM in 0.2M NH 4 OAc. The pH of the mixture was about 4.0. The mixture was kept at 80° C. for an hour and purified by HPLC.
- the HPLC method is a gradient method containing a mobile phase 77% water (containing 0.1% TFA) and 23% CH 3 CN (0.1% TFA) for 1-5 min followed by 5-25 min water, 77% to 57% and acetonitrile, 23% to 43%; 25.01-30 min water 5% to 5% and acetonitrile, 95% to 95%, 30.01 to 37 min, water 77% to 77% and acetonitrile, 23% to 23%.
- Flow rate 1.0 ml/min; ⁇ : 200 nm, and a C 8 column (25 ⁇ 4.6 mm), Varian microsob-MV 100-5. Radiolabeled 177 Lu-1 was eluted at 17.1-20 min whereas unlabeled chelating agent was eluted at 21-22 min.
- the HPLC method was used to prepare 177 Lu-1 and 177 Lu-7:
- the HPLC method is a gradient method containing a mobile phase 88% water (containing 0.1% TFA) and 22% CH 3 CN (0.1% TFA) for 1-5 min followed by 5-27 min water, 88% to 75% and acetonitrile, 12% to 25%; 27.01-32 min water 5% to 5% and acetonitrile, 95% to 95%, 32.01 to 37 min, water 88% to 18% and acetonitrile, 12% to 22%.
- Flow rate 1.0 ml/min; ⁇ : 200 nm, and a C 8 column (25 ⁇ 4.6 mm), Varian microsob-MV 100-5.
- Radiolabeled 177 Lu-2 was eluted at 13.1-15.0 min whereas unlabeled chelating agent was eluted at 16-17 min.
- Radiolabeled 177 Lu-3 was eluted at 13.1-15.0 min whereas unlabeled chelating agent was eluted at 10-12 min a 18-20 min and the unlabeled agent came 14-16 min.
- p-Bromobenzyl group modified of Glu-Lys urea (2) was prepared by reductive alkylation of 2 with p-Bromobenzaldehyde in presence of sodium cyanoborohydride in methanol in good yield to provide 4 following a literature procedure (Tykvart et al. (2015) Journal of medicinal chemistry 58, 4357-63).
- a small aliphatic linker, Boc-5-aminovaleric acid was coupled on the same ⁇ -Lys amine of 4 followed by removal of BOC group and conjugation with commercially available DOTA-Bn-SCN with 6 to provide 1 in moderate yield.
- the compound 2 was synthesized by using DOTA-NHS ester as the chelating agent and coupling with the same intermediate 6.
- Compound 3 was synthesized as a control agent, without any p-Bromobenzyl group. All three agents were radiolabeled with 177 Lu in good yield and purity at pH 4 in ammonium acetate buffer at 80° C. Binding affinities of the new compounds are listed in Table 1. Both 1 and 2 modified with p-Bromo-benzyl group showed higher binding affinity compared to 3.
- Binding affinities of the representative agents Compound 1 2 3 ZJ43 (for 2) ZJ43 (for 1, 3) IC50 (nM) 0.57 nM 0.64 nM 2.16 nM 1.91 nM 2.7 nM Ki (nM) 1.15 nM 1.28 nM 0.43 nM 0.38 nM 0.66 nM ClogD ⁇ 4.6 ⁇ 3.5 ⁇ 4.1 nd nd LogPoct/water ⁇ 3.0 ⁇ 3.53 ⁇ 3.2 nd nd Polar 359 327 368 nd nd Surface area
- the 177 Lu agents were further evaluated in cells and animals using standard isogenic cell lines PSMA+ PC3 PIP and PSMA-negative PC3 flu cells. Both 177 Lu-1 and 177 Lu-2 demonstrated higher uptake in PSMA+ PC3 cells compared to 177 Lu-3. Further internalization studies revealed that 177 Lu-1 has higher nearly 2-fold higher internalized activity compared to 177 Lu-3. All three agents showed significantly low uptake in PSMA-negative PC3 flu cells. The 177 Lu-1 was further evaluated for treatment efficacy in a clonogenic assay and compared with previous lead compound SR6 (Banerjee et al.
- 177 Lu-PSMA-617 Benesova et al. (2015) Journal of nuclear medicine 56, 914-20
- 177 Lu PSMA-I&T Weineisen et al. (2014) EJNMMI Res 4, 1-15.
- 177 Lu-1 was able to produce about 100% cell killing efficacy using 10 ⁇ Ci dose in PSMA+ PC3 PIP cells whereas no significant toxicity was seen for PSMA ⁇ PC3 flu cells.
- 177 Lu-1 showed higher uptake and retention in PSMA+ PC3 PIP tumor uptake than 177 Lu-2.
- 177 Lu-2 agent showed 5-fold lower renal uptake than 177 Lu-1 and as shown in FIG. 3 tumor/kidney of the presently disclosed compounds were compared with previous lead 177 Lu-SR6, 177 Lu-PSMA-617 and 177 Lu-PSMA-I&T.
- the PSMA+ PC3 PIP tumor-to-kidney ratio for 177 Lu-2 was higher than 177 Lu-1. Due to the higher tumor uptake and retention, 177 Lu-1 was further evaluated for theranostic efficacy (imaging and therapeutic effect) in a pilot study using a small group of animals.
- FIG. 4 shows SPECT imaging of 177 Lu-1 during treatment studies for 1-8 days post-injection.
- Mice were monitored for body weight tumor size measure for two times per week.
- the control group of mice was euthanized after 4-8 weeks as the size of tumors over were >12 mm.
- 50% of mice showed complete eradication of tumors. These mice were initially gone through an initial body weight which was regained after 2 weeks. Results are shown in FIG. 5 .
- FIG. 6 A and FIG. 6 B demonstrated therapeutic efficacy (decrease in tumor volume) of 177 Lu-1 compared to the control group using saline. Five mice are showed complete remission of the disease, and surviving for more than five months.
- the radiometal-chelated Glu-Lysine urea-based theranostic agents targeting prostate-specific membrane antigen (PSMA) when modified with p-Br-benzyl group on the epsilon amino group of lysine of Lys-Glu-urea moiety demonstrated high binding affinity for PSMA and high uptake in PSMA-expressing tumors and low renal uptake in standard mouse model of prostate cancer.
- PSMA prostate-specific membrane antigen
- 177 Lu-1 showed significant radiotherapeutic efficacy, about 50% remission of PSMA+ PC3 tumor bearing mice.
- the presently disclosed subject matter relates to the pharmacokinetic optimization of radiometal-based agents targeting PSMA.
- Previous work in this area is described in international PCT patent application publication numbers WO2009/002529 A2 and WO2010/108125A2, each of which is incorporated by reference in their entirety.
- the presently disclosed subject matter provides PSMA-targeted low-molecular-weight (LMW) theranostic agents labeled with an ⁇ -emitting radiometal including, but not limited to, 213 Bi (t 1/2 46 min, E mean 8.4 MeV), 212 Pb (t 1/2 10.6 h, E mean 7.8 MeV), and 225 Ac (t 1/2 10 d, E mean 6 MeV, 4 ⁇ ), with a goal of reducing off-target effects that currently hamper widespread dissemination of this promising therapy.
- LMW low-molecular-weight
- ⁇ -emitting agents and methods of use thereof have been developed through an in-depth investigation with careful attention to pharmacokinetics (PK), physical half-life of the radiometals, and by receptor blockade to reduce normal tissue uptake.
- PK pharmacokinetics
- the guidance of ⁇ -camera imaging has been utilized to quickly identify the sub-organ localization (hot-spots) and their blockade prior to the therapeutic studies.
- the presently disclosed subject matter includes radiometal-chelated Glu-Lysine urea-based theranostic agents modified with a p-Br-benzyl group on the epsilon amino group of the lysine of the Lys-Glu-urea moiety targeting prostate-specific membrane antigen (PSMA).
- PSMA prostate-specific membrane antigen
- These compounds exhibit a higher binding affinity for PSMA and showed significantly lower renal uptake and high tumor uptake in PSMA-expressing tumors in a standard mouse model of prostate cancer.
- These optimized agents have been radiolabeled with the highly toxic radiometals 213 Bi, 212 Pb, and 225 Ac.
- the ligand was synthesized as provided hereinabove.
- the following compounds also could be synthesized by the presently disclosed methods:
- Radiolabeling of 213 Bi-1/ 225 Ac-1/ 203 Pb-1 All radiolabeled compounds were prepared following a general method as described for 213 Bi-1.
- 213 Bi was eluted from an 225 Ac/ 213 Bi-generator produced by Oak Ridge National Laboratory. Freshly eluted 213 Bi (18.2 MBq) was added to 10 ⁇ g of 1 solution and was adjusted to 4 to 5 using 3M NH 4 OAc solution. The solution was heated in a microwave oven for 5 minutes at 95° C. for 5 min at power 40 watt. Next, a 10 ⁇ L of 1 mM Na-DTPA solution was added to complex-free 213 Bi. The specific activity of 213 Bi-1 was >7.4 MBq/ ⁇ g for all experiments.
- 213 Bi-1 was purified using a Phenomenex C 18 Luna 10 ⁇ 250 mm 2 column and a Varian Prostar System (Palo Alto, Calif.), equipped with a Varian ProStar 325 UV-Vis variable wavelength detector and a Bioscan (Poway, Calif.) Flowcount in-line radioactivity detector, all controlled by Galaxie software. Flow rate was 1 mL/min with water (0.1% TFA) (A) and CH 3 CN (0.1% TFA) (B) as the eluting solvents. To ensure uniform purity isocratic solution of 80% A and 20% B was used to separate excess ligand from the radiolabeled compound.
- the specific radioactivity was calculated as the ratio of the radioactivity eluting at the retention time of product during the preparative HPLC purification to the mass corresponding to the area under the curve of the UV absorption.
- the purity of tested compounds as determined by analytical HPLC with absorbance at 254 nm was >95%.
- Radiolabeling yield was also assessed using Silica Gel instant TLC (ITLC) with 0.9% sodium chloride as the mobile phase.
- the radiolabeled samples were diluted with 10 mM diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid (DTPA) at a pH of approximately 4. Three microliters of the diluted sample were spotted on an ITLC silica gel strip and allowed to develop in a chromatography chamber.
- DTPA diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid
- the ITLC sample strips were allowed to dry, cut in half, and counted on a Wallac Wizard ⁇ -counter (Perkin-Elmer, Boston, Mass.) to determine the radiolabeling yield. Radiochemical purity was assessed via high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) analysis.
- HPLC high-performance liquid chromatography
- FIGS. 7 , 8 , 9 , 10 , 11 , and 12 In vitro and in vivo characterization are shown in FIGS. 7 , 8 , 9 , 10 , 11 , and 12 .
- Table 5 shows the biodistribution of 225 Ac-1.
- a receptor blockading (self-blocking) experiment for example, free ligand 1 for 225 Ac-1 (as in FIG. 12 );
- dithiol chelating agent to remove free 213 Bi by employing 2,3-dimercapto-1-propanesulfonic acid (DMPS) off target effect as DMPS since dithiol chelators have been shown to enhance 213 Bi or other heavy metal excretion in various animal, as well as human, studies;
- DMPS 2,3-dimercapto-1-propanesulfonic acid
- Francium is an alkali metal like sodium and potassium, and therefore may be absorbed by salivary glands ducts by Na + /K + /2Cl ⁇ co-transporter (NKCC1) transporter, a key transporter, for acinar cells fluid and electrolyte secretion. Therefore, FDA-approved diuretics furosemide and bumetanide can be used to accelerate the elimination of 221 Fr by preventing its reabsorption similar like Na + and K + as reported; and
- Prostate-specific membrane antigen is an important target for radionuclide therapy for the treatment of metastatic castration-resistant prostate cancer.
- One goal of the presently disclosed subject matter is to develop an optimized agent employing the low linear energy transfer radiation of ⁇ -particles for targeted radionuclide therapy of metastatic castration-resistant prostate cancer.
- novel PSMA-based 177 Lu-labeled radioligands have been synthesized and evaluated for in vitro binding affinity and in vivo tumor targeting. Radiolabeling of the new ligands were synthesized in high (>98%) radiochemical yield and specific activity. Cell uptake and internalization data indicated specific uptake in PSMA(+) PC3 PIP cells for the agents for all agents.
- Prostate-specific membrane antigen also known as glutamate carboxypeptidase II [GCPII] or N-acetyl-1-aspartyl-1-glutamate peptidase I [NAALADase I]
- GCPII glutamate carboxypeptidase II
- NAALADase I N-acetyl-1-aspartyl-1-glutamate peptidase I
- PSMA-based low molecular weight PET imaging agents 68 Ga-PSMA-11 3 and 18 F-DCFPyL 4 have revolutionized the early diagnosis of men with prostate cancer and are likely to undergo the New Drug Application process at the FDA within the next few years.
- Examples include 99m Tc-oxo, 16 64 Cu-1,4,7-triazacyclononane-1,4,7-2-triacetic acid (NOTA) 17 ( FIG. 13 A ), 68 Ga-PSMA-11, 18 and agents 68 Ga-/ 177 Lu-PSMA-I&T, second generation) ( FIG. 13 B ), which have been administered to patients 6,7,19,20 in several clinical trials. These agents were generated merely by changing the chelating agent or linker on the original linker/urea construct 21 , leading to an improvement in PSMA affinity.
- NOTA Cu-1,4,7-triazacyclononane-1,4,7-2-triacetic acid
- Type II agents include agents, developed by the inventors ( FIG. 13 A ) 26 and PSMA-617, 5 ( FIG. 13 B ). Agent II underwent a recent first-in-man-study.
- the presently disclosed subject matter includes, in part, the preclinical evaluation of a new series of low molecular weight compounds targeting PSMA for the development of targeted theranostic radiopharmaceutical therapy for the treatment of metastatic prostate cancer.
- the 4-halo-benzyl derivative of Lys-urea-Glu was investigated over other urea-based candidates because of sustained tumor uptake for at least 48 h in human PC xenografts of 2-[3-[1-carboxy-5-(4- 125 I-iodo-benzoylamino)-pentyl]-ureido]-pentanedioic acid ( 125 I-DCIBzL) and the agent demonstrated significant tumor regression owing to its high linear energy transfer and short range of emission of Auger electrons ( ⁇ 10 mm).
- Ligands L7 and L8 were designed to have a rigid cyclohexyl linker as in PSMA-617 with DOTA-monoamide and DOTAGA chelating agent for checking the effect on rigid linker and chelator compared to L1 and L9 respectively.
- Ligand L13 was designed to possess a different targeting moiety, by replacing Br-Benzyl Lys-urea-Glu with a Br-pyridyl Lys-urea-Glu derived from the clinical PET imaging agent 18 F-DCFPYL.
- the ligand L14 was designed to have an albumin binding moiety 4-(p-iodophenyl)butyric acid on the previously reported PSMA-binding targeting platform as recently studied by several research groups 22-25,33 to investigate the effect of 4-(p-Iodophenyl) on the biodistribution properties.
- Urea-lysine intermediate Di-tert-butyl (((S)—1-(tert-butoxy)-6-((4-iodo/bromobenzyl)amino)-1-oxohexan-2-yl)carbamoyl)-L-glutamate, 1a or 1b (5-X-Bn)-Lys-urea-Glu (X Br/I) were synthesized following some modification of the literature method. 34 These two intermediate compounds were also used to synthesize L3, L4, L5, L6, L8, L9, L10, L11 and L12.
- Boc-5-amino valeric acid was conjugated to 1a and 1b to provide 2a and 2c followed by simultaneous removal of tert-But and N-Boc groups to generate 3a and 3c respectively in >90% yields.
- Compounds 3a and 3c were then reacted with the N-hydroxosuccinimide (NHS)-ester of DOTA-monoamide to provide the target ligands L1 and L2 in high yields.
- Ligands L3 and L4 were synthesized as shown in Scheme 3.
- a conjugation reaction was performed using the rigid linker p-aminomethyl benzoic acid and DOTA-monoamide NHS ester to provide compound 4 in quantitative yield.
- compound 5 was obtained by treating compound 4 with TSTU in presence of trimethylamine and followed by removal of tert-Butyl group using TFA/CH 2 Cl 2 to produce a reactive intermediate 6 in high yield.
- Ligands L3 and L4 were obtained in good yields after a simple conjugation reaction between 6 with 3b and 3d.
- Ligands L5 and L6 were synthesized following a synthetic route as shown in Scheme 4.
- compound 7 was synthesized by reacting 1a and disuccinimidyl suberate (DSS) as previously reported. 35 Compound 7 was then treated with 50% TFA/CH 2 Cl 2 to remove t-butyl groups to synthesized compound 8, which was then coupled with Boc-5-amino valeric acid followed by removal of Boc group and coupling to compound 6 provide L5. Additionally, three analogs of L1 were synthesized by replacing DOTA-monoamide with DOTA-Bn-SCN (L7 and L8) and DOTAGA (L9) following the synthetic route as described in Scheme 2. The conjugation reactions of DOTA-Bn-SCN were performed at 40° C. for 4 h.
- DOTA-Bn-SCN disuccinimidyl suberate
- NHS-ester of trans-4-(Fmoc-aminomethylcyclohexanecarboxylic acid) was synthesized in situ which was then reacted with 1a to provide 10.
- DOTAGA and DOTA-monoamide, L10 and L11 were obtained in excellent yield.
- the ligand L12 was synthesized as shown in Scheme 6.
- compound 1a was reacted with the intermediate 6 followed by the removal of tert-Butyl groups from Lys-urea-Glu to provide L12 in >80% yields.
- Ligand L13 was also synthesized following Scheme 7, however, by replacing p-bromobenzyl with p-bromopyridyl group to investigate the effect of pharmacophore on the tumor targeting and pharmacokinetics of the agents.
- the ligand L14 was synthesized following Scheme 7. First NHS-ester of p-(iodophenyl)butyric, compound 12, was synthesized in quantitative yield which was reacted with our previously reported bifunctional compound 1435 to provide L14 in excellent. All newly synthesized ligands were purified by HPLC and lyophilized to provide colorless hygroscopic solid compound and characterized by standard spectroscopic tools including mass spectrometry and NMR. All ligands were found to be stable at least for 6 months at ⁇ 20° C.
- the microwave-assisted method generated multiple radiolabeled products for the ligands with p-iodobenzyl urea derivatives (e.g., L4 and L6), ligands with a long linker (e.g., L3 and L5) and a rigid linker (e.g., L12). All 177 Lu-labeled compounds were found stable up to 4 h at room temperature and 24 h at 4° C. without any significant radiolysis. However, to ensure high stability, L-ascorbic acid was added to the radiolabeled compounds in the final formulation and used for the in vitro and vivo experiments reported here. Cell uptake and internalization experiments were performed immediately without any addition of L-ascorbic acid.
- p-iodobenzyl urea derivatives e.g., L4 and L6
- ligands with a long linker e.g., L3 and L5
- a rigid linker e.g., L12
- Bromo-benzyl group modified 177 Lu-8 displayed nearly >1.5-fold higher internalization compared to ligand 177 Lu-7 without it at all time-points.
- 177 Lu-9 with DOTAGA chelating displayed cell uptake and internalization ( ⁇ 70%) comparable to 177 Lu-PSMA-I&T containing the same chelating agent (Table 7).
- 177 Lu-10 with a DOTAGA chelating agent when modified with a rigid cyclohexyl linker showed lower uptake and internalization compared to 177 Lu-8 and 177 Lu-9.
- DOTA-monoamide modified 177 Lu-L11 which also contains a cyclohexyl linker showed >1.5-fold lower uptake compared to 177 Lu-L1 and lower uptake compared to 177 Lu-10.
- 177 Lu-L12 with a rigid aromatic linker displayed low uptake compared to the most agents from the series.
- the p-bromopyridyl modified 177 Lu-13 displayed comparable cell uptake and internalization properties as 122 Lu-1.
- the albumin-binding 3-(p-iodophenyl)-butyric acid modified 177 Lu-14 displayed relatively higher uptake in PSMA(+) PC3 PIP cells at 2 h.
- 177 Lu-PSMA-I&T demonstrated fast kidney clearance, 30.39 ⁇ 12.49% ID/g at 24 h, the data revealed that the agent showed ⁇ 3-fold decrease in the kidney uptake in every 24 h up to 72 h. In contrast, 177 Lu-3 and rest of the compounds displayed much faster rate of renal clearance, ⁇ 10-fold clearance, resulting kidney uptake ⁇ 0.5 ID/g after 24 h. Except for 177 Lu-PSMA-I&T, blood and normal tissue uptake, including liver, lung, stomach, pancreas, spleen, fat, adrenal glands, muscle, small and large intestine, bone and salivary glands of the 177 Lu-labeled agents were ⁇ 0.5% ID/g after 3 h of the administered dose. 177 Lu-PSMA-I&T demonstrated high uptake in spleen and salivary glands at 3 h, nonetheless, displayed fast clearance within 24 h displaying comparable uptake ( ⁇ 1% ID/g) in those tissues as demonstrated by the other agents of the series.
- FIG. 17 Selected tissue biodistribution data of the p-iodobenzyl analog of 177 Lu-1 and ligands without any halobenzyl modified urea-targeting moiety, 177 Lu-L7 and 177 Lu-L14, and bromobenzyl modified agents, 177 Lu-L8, 177 Lu-L9 and 177 Lu-L10 are shown in FIG. 17 .
- the agent 177 Lu-2 showed significantly higher tumor uptake at 3 h post-injection compared to 177 Lu-L1, but maintained tumor uptake and retention up to 72 h.
- 177 Lu-L9 with a DOTAGA chelating agent displayed significantly higher tumor uptake and retention compared to 177 Lu-PSMA-I&T up to 72 h post-injection while showing much faster kidney clearance, ⁇ 30-fold renal clearance within 24 h (149.7 ⁇ 32.0 at 2 h vs. 5.9 ⁇ 2.7% ID/g at 24 h).
- the rigid cyclohexyl linker did not generate high cell uptake, 177 Lu-L10 and 177 Lu-L11, compared to L1 and showed similar or lower uptake compared to 177 Lu-L9 and 177 Lu-L1 respectively.
- the agent 177 Lu-L13 with different targeting ligand (2-pyridyl) ligand showed much faster normal tissue clearance while maintaining similar tumor uptake as 177 Lu-L1.
- Biodistribution of 177 Lu-14 was consistent with the reported albumin binding agents with highest tumor uptake reached at 24 h post-injection and displayed high up to 48 h. Although the agent initially displayed lower initial kidney uptake, 49.49 ⁇ 19.55% ID/g compared to 177 Lu-PSMA-I&T, only ⁇ 3-fold clearance of activity was observed, 17.47 ⁇ 4.18% ID/g at 48 h compared to 10-fold lowering of activity (93.39 ⁇ 13.35% ID/g at 24 h vs 9.55 ⁇ 3.85% ID/g at 48 h).
- the agent also showed the highest blood uptake from the series, 16.13 ⁇ 2.33% ID/g at 2 h post-injection followed by 5.05 ⁇ 0.05% ID/g at 2 h and 2.48 ⁇ 0.44% ID/g at 48 h. Both spleen and salivary glands displayed highest non-specific uptake from the series.
- SPECT/CT imaging with 177 Lu-1 and 177 Lu-14 were also performed to check in vivo pharmacokinetics.
- SPECT/CT images during 2-192 h after administration with 177 Lu-1 confirmed high uptake in the PSMA+ PC3 PIP tumors (right) but not in the PSMA ⁇ PC3 flu tumors (left), as expected.
- the ligand displayed very low uptake in the kidneys and all normal tissues. Status of the PSMA expression within the PSMA(+) PC3 PIP tumors were also investigated during the imaging experiments. As shown in FIG.
- infraorbital lacrimal glands displayed similar changes to exorbital lacrimal glands especially evident within the mice treated with 177 Lu-PSMA-617.
- One mouse treated with 177 Lu-5 had a thymic lymphoma, morphology is consistent with thymic T lymphoblastic lymphoma which is an expected cause of death in NOD/SCID mice, usually beginning at about 6 month.
- T lymphoblastic lymphoma is accelerated by irradiation and some carcinogens, and is associated with interactions of endogenous retroviruses/retroelements in NOD/SCID mouse strains.
- FIG. 18 displays the survival data of 177 Lu-1 and 177 Lu-PSMA-617. Median survival for the 177 Lu-PSMA-617 was 133 days vs. 234 days for 177 Lu-1. In contrast the treatment group did not to show any change. Individual tumor volume measurements for each animal are shown in FIG. 24 .
- 177 Lu-1 demonstrated good treatment effect
- 177 Lu-1 indeed show significant tumor growth delay for the all treated groups was observed compared to untreated group. While four out of five mice treated with 0.5 mCi dose reached the relative volume >5 at 8 weeks post-treatment, only one mouse from the group treated with 37 MBq dose demonstrated similar effect. Three mice from treated both 37 MBq and 111 MBq showed complete tumor regression up to 120 days, demonstrating nearly similar treatment effect as was observed from the first treat experiment.
- SPECT/CT imaging revealed very similar profile as 177Lu-1, low normal tissue and kidney uptake, nonetheless, relatively higher background uptake compared to 177 Lu-1 as anticipated from the biodistribution data. While unexpected death of three mice (used for SPECT/CT imaging) was observed, only two mice showed tumor growth with relative volume >5 after 8 weeks. The remaining treated mice survived tumor-free for 10 months and were evaluated for toxicity.
- 177 Lu is the current beta-emitting isotope of choice for PSMA-targeted and other cancer therapeutic applications as it has more favorable emission properties, production feasibility, and radiation safety issues than 131 I and 90 Y.
- a major motivation of this investigation involves a need to understand the molecular and structural origins, i.e., interaction of the PSMA-targeting moiety Lys-Glu-urea in the PSMA-binding site that accounts for the vastly different PK of Type I vs. Type II agents.
- the presently disclosed compounds were synthesized using optimized solution phase chemistry. Therefore, the presently disclosed methodologies can be readily adapted for industrial scale preparation and anticipated to be less expensive compared to the solid-phase peptide synthetic schemes.
- These radiolabeled therapeutics were synthesized with highest possible specific radioactivity by separating the free ligand from the radioactive peaks. Also microwave assisted radiolabeling method generated fast and high radiolabeling at low temperature 40° C. Systematic cell uptake and internalization followed by tissue biodistribution studies revealed several important findings.
- agents with p-bromobenzyl moiety showed higher tumor uptake and retention with the linear linkers (e.g., 177 Lu-1 vs 177 Lu-11 and 177 Lu-9 vs 177 Lu-10). This observation is also reflected in the cell uptake study even though higher amount of internalization was found with cyclohexyl linker bearing 177 Lu-10/ 177 Lu-11.
- kidney toxicity is not a major issue for 177 Lu-PSMA radionuclide therapy but the blocking strategy can be useful for salivary gland related radiation toxicity for PSMA-based ca-particle therapy with 225 Ac-PSMA-617 47 and long-term renal toxicity that obtains often with ⁇ -particle-based RPT 31,48 .
- Solvents and chemicals purchased from commercial sources were of analytical grade or better and used without further purification.
- DOTA-tris(t-butyl ester)-monoacid (B270) and DOTA-NHS-ester (B280) were purchased from Macrocyclics, Inc. (Dallas, Tex.).
- Carrier-free [ 177 Lu]Cl 3 (NEZ307000MC) was purchased from PerkinElmer Health Sciences Inc (Shelton, Conn., USA).
- Analytical thin-layer chromatography (TLC) was performed using Aldrich aluminum-backed 0.2 mm silica gel Z19, 329-1 plates and visualized by ultraviolet light (254 nm), 12 and 1% ninhydrin in EtOH. Flash chromatography was performed using silica gel purchased from Bodman (Aston Pa.), MP SiliTech 32-63 D 60 ⁇ .
- HPLC purification of non-radiolabeled compounds was performed using a Phenomenex C 18 Luna 10 ⁇ 250 mm 2 column on an Agilent 1260 infinity LC system (Santa Clara, Calif.) and elution with water (0.1% TFA) (A) and CH 3 CN (0.1% TFA) (B).
- a gradient HPLC method was employed which contained a mobile phase 88/22 water/CH 3 CN for 1-5 min followed by 0-5 min water 88/12 water/CH 3 CN and from 5-25 min 88/22 water/CH 3 CN to 44/56 water/acetonitrile with flow rate 8 mL/min.
- Di-tert-butyl (((S)-6-((4-bromobenzyl)amino)-1-(tert-butoxy)-1-oxohexan-2-yl)carbamoyl)-L-glutamate, 5a
- Di-tert-butyl (((S)—1-(tert-butoxy)-6-((4-iodobenzyl)amino)-1-oxohexan-2-yl)carbamoyl)-L-glutamate, 5b
- the crude product was purified using C 18 column chromatography eluting with 70-80% MeOH/H 2 O to provide 0.90 g (62%) of oily material.
- Ligand L1, and L2 were synthesized following a general synthetic route as shown in Scheme 2. A detailed description for L2 is given below.
- a reaction mixture of DOTA-NHS-ester (0.090 g, 0.12 mmol), 3a (0.069 g, 0.08 mmol) and DIPEA (0.102 g, 0.79 mmol) were stirred at RT for 3 h.
- the reaction mixture was concentrated and purified by HPLC to provide the desired ligand L1.
- Compound 12 was prepared using the same method as described for 3a. The crude product was purified by C-18 column chromatography eluting with 40-50% acetonitrile/water to provide 0.057 g (58%) of product. ESMS m/z: 743.2 (M+H)*.
- Compound L6 was prepared using the same method as described for L1, using compounds 1a and 12 as the starting material. The reaction mixture was concentrated and purified by HPLC.
- p-SCN-Bn-DOTA (12.2 mg, 17.7 ⁇ mol) was added to a stirred solution of 5a (12.2 mg) and DIPEA (15.2 ⁇ L, 87.0 umol) in DMSO (130 ⁇ L) equilibrated to 40° C. Reaction mixture was stirred at 40° C. for four hours and stored at 4° C. overnight. Reaction mixture was purified by reverse phase HPLC (hold 20% ACN for 5 min, then 20-40% over 19 minutes). R t approximately 12 minutes. Purified fractions were combined, rotoevaporated to decrease volume, and then lyopholized. ESI-MS: 1138.37 [M+H] + , found: 1138.5.
- the compound 1 was further purified by HPLC with gradient method
- the HPLC method is a gradient method containing a mobile phase 88% water (containing 0.1% TFA) and 22% CH 3 CN (0.1% TFA) for 1-5 min followed by 0-5 min water 88% water (containing 0.1% TFA) and 12% CH 3 CN (0.1% TFA), and from 5-25 min 88% water to 44% water and 12% acetonitrile to 56% acetonitrile with flow rate 8 mL/min.
- L1 was synthesized following a multi-step organic synthesis as described in Scheme 2.
- DOTA-tBu-ester 1 (0.4 g, 0.5 mmol in 7 mL DMF) was added p-aminomethyl benzoic acid (0.076 g, 0.5 mmol) and the solution was stirred overnight at room temperature. The resultant solution was evaporated under high vacuum. The solid residue was dissolved in 20/80 acetonitrile/water and was purified by a C 18 SepPak column. The product was eluted with 60/40 and 50/50 and 40/60 acetonitrile/water fractions. The fractions were combined together and evaporated followed by lyophilization to provide a colorless solid.
- Radiolabeling and serum stability For each radiolabeling reaction, approximately 1 nmol of radioligand per mCi of 177 Lu in 200 mM NaOAc (pH 4-5) was heated in a microwave for 5 min at 95° C. and power 40 w. The reaction solution was diluted with 300 ⁇ L water. Complexation was monitored by injecting aliquots of 20-40 ⁇ L of the solution onto the HPLC. The radiolabeled product [ 177 Lu]X was obtained in ⁇ 98% radiochemical yield and the radiochemical purity was >99%.
- radiolabeled compounds were purified using a Phenomenex C 18 Luna 10 ⁇ 250 mm 2 column and a Agilent Prostar System (Palo Alto, Calif.), equipped with a Varian ProStar 325 UV-Vis variable wavelength detector and a Bioscan (Poway, Calif.) Flow count in-line radioactivity detector, all controlled by Galaxie software. Flow rate was 1 m/min with water (0.1% TFA) (A) and CH 3 CN (0.1% TFA) (B) as the eluting solvents. To ensure uniform purity isocratic solution was used to separate excess ligand from the radiolabeled compound.
- the specific radioactivity was calculated as the ratio of the radioactivity eluting at the retention time of product during the preparative HPLC purification to the mass corresponding to the area under the curve of the UV absorption.
- the purity of tested compounds as determined by analytical HPLC with absorbance at 254 nm was >95%.
- CO 2 carbon dioxide
- the heart, lungs, liver, stomach, pancreas, spleen, fat, kidney, muscle, small and large intestines, urinary bladder, PSMA(+) PC3 PIP and PSMA( ⁇ ) PC3 flu tumors were collected.
- tissue radioactivity was measured with an automated gamma counter (1282 Compugamma CS, Pharmacia/LKB Nuclear, Inc., Mt. Waverly, Vic. Australia).
- the percentage of injected dose per gram of tissue was calculated by comparison with samples of a standard dilution of the initial dose. All measurements were corrected for decay.
- mice were injected via the tail vein with approximately 37 MBq (1 mCi) or 111 MBq (3 mCi, for the treatment study) of 177 Lu-X formulated in 150 ⁇ L of saline, pH 7. After allowing for 2 h of radiopharmaceutical uptake, anesthetized mice were placed on the scanner gantry and secured with medical tape while the anesthetic flow was increased to 0.8 L/min. Body temperature of the mice was maintained by covering them with several layers of Chux disposable pads and illumination with a dissection lamp during scanning. Single-pinhole median-energy (PHME) collimators with aperture size of 1.0 mm, and stepwise rotation for 64 projection angles in a full 3600 rotation, 45 s increments were used for SPECT imaging.
- PHME single-pinhole median-energy
- the radius of rotation was set at 6.5 cm, which provided a field of view of 7.5 cm to cover the mouse body from head to bladder.
- a CT 14 scan was performed prior to scintigraphy for both anatomical coregistration and attenuation correction.
- a total of 512 projections were acquired in a 2-min continuous rotation mode covering a full 360° rotation. Data were reconstructed and fused using commercial software from the vendor (GammaMedica). Data were analyzed using AMIDE software.
- Endpoint criteria defined by the institute ACUC was weight loss ⁇ 15%, a tumor volume >1800 mm 3 , active ulceration of the tumor or abnormal behavior indicating pain or unease.
- three mice from each group were submitted for detail necropsy and blood analysis. Mice group treated with 177 Lu-1 and 177 Lu-PSMA-617 were continued to monitor until the endpoint.
- mice treated with 111 MBq were evaluated by pathologic examination at the Johns Hopkins Pathology Core facility with serum metabolic panel, blood counts, and full necropsy including detailed histopathology of kidneys, salivary glands and lacrimal glands.
- Data are expressed as mean ⁇ standard deviation (SD). Prism software (GraphPAD, San Diego, Calif.) was used to determine statistical significance. Statistical significance was calculated using a paired t test. A P-value ⁇ 0.05 was considered significant.
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Optics & Photonics (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
- Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
- Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
- Medicinal Preparation (AREA)
- Medicines Containing Antibodies Or Antigens For Use As Internal Diagnostic Agents (AREA)
Abstract
Prostate-specific membrane antigen targeted high-affinity agents for endoradiotherapy of prostate cancer are disclosed.
Description
- This application is a continuation of Ser. No. 16/617,244, filed Nov. 26, 2019, now U.S. Pat. No. 11,478,558, which is a § 371 U.S. National Entry application of PCT/US2018/035220, filed May 30, 2018, which claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 62/512,515 filed May 30, 2017, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
- This invention was made with government support under CA148901 and CA134675 awarded by the National Institutes of Health. The government has certain rights in the invention.
- Prostate cancer is the leading cancer in the U.S. population and the second leading cause of cancer death in men. Therapy for locally advanced disease remains contentious and an increasing number of disparate options are available. New, high-affinity, radiotherapeutic agents for prostate cancer have been developed using the prostate-specific membrane antigen (PSMA) as a target. PSMA is a marker for androgen-independent disease that also is expressed on solid (nonprostate) tumor neovasculature.
- In some aspects, the presently disclosed subject matter provides a compound of Formula (I):
- wherein: Z is tetrazole or CO2Q; Q is H or a protecting group; m is an integer selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5; R is independently H or —CH2—R1; R1 is selected from the group consisting of substituted aryl, substituted pyridine, and unsubstituted isoquinoline; L is a linker selected from the group consisting of C1-C6 alkylene and C3-C6 cycloalkylene, and arylene; W is selected from the group consisting of —NR2—(C═O)—, —NR2—(C═S)—, —(C═O)—NR2—, and —(C═S)—NR2—; wherein each occurrence of L and W can be the same or different; R2 is H or a C1-C4 alkyl; n is an integer selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, and 3; Ch is a chelating agent that can comprise a metal or a radiometal; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
- In particular aspects of the compound of the Formula (I), R1 is selected from the group consisting of:
- wherein X is independently Br or I.
- In yet more particular aspects of the compound of the Formula (I), the chelating agent is selected from the group consisting of:
- In other aspects, the presently disclosed subject matter provides a method for treating one or more PSMA expressing tumors or cells, the method comprising contacting the one or more PSMA expressing tumors or cells with an effective amount of a compound of formula (I), the compound of formula (I) comprising:
- wherein: Z is tetrazole or CO2Q; Q is H or a protecting group; m is an integer selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5; R is independently H or —CH2—R1; R1 substituted aryl, substituted pyridine, and unsubstituted isoquinoline; L is a linker selected from the group consisting of C1-C6 alkylene and C3-C6 cycloalkylene, and arylene; W is selected from the group consisting of —NR2—(C═O)—, —NR2—(C═S)—, —(C═O)—NR2—, and —(C═S)—NR2—; wherein each occurrence of L and W can be the same or different; R2 is H or a C1-C4 alkyl; n is an integer selected from the group consisting of 1,2, and 3; Ch is a chelating agent that comprises a radiometal suitable for radiotherapy; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
- In other aspects, the presently disclosed subject matter provides a method for imaging one or more prostate-specific membrane antigen (PSMA) tumors or cells, the method comprising contacting the one or more tumor or cells, with an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) and making an image.
- In yet other aspects, the presently disclosed subject matter provides a kit comprising a compound of Formula (I).
- Certain aspects of the presently disclosed subject matter having been stated hereinabove, which are addressed in whole or in part by the presently disclosed subject matter, other aspects will become evident as the description proceeds when taken in connection with the accompanying Examples and Figures as best described herein below.
- The patent or application file contains at least one drawing executed in color. Copies of this patent or patent application publication with color drawings will be provided by the Office upon request and payment of the necessary fee.
- Having thus described the presently disclosed subject matter in general terms, reference will now be made to the accompanying Figures, which are not necessarily drawn to scale, and wherein:
-
FIG. 1 shows chemical structures of representative radiotherapeutic agents; -
FIG. 2 shows a comparative study of the clonogenic efficacy of 177Lu-8, and known agents SR6, PSMA-617 and PSMA-I&T; -
FIG. 3 shows PSMA+ tumor-to-kidney ratios of 177Lu-8, 177Lu-1, 177Lu-SR6, 177Lu-PSMA-617 and 177Lu-PSMA-I&T; -
FIG. 4 shows SPECT-CT imaging of 177Lu-8 during treatment studies using of a single dose of 3 mCi; -
FIG. 5 shows the relative body weight of the mice during the treatment studies; -
FIG. 6A andFIG. 6B show the relative tumor volume of the mice (FIG. 6A ) during the treatment studies and the Kaplan-Meier survival curve (FIG. 6B ) up to 60 days post-treatment; -
FIG. 7 shows (left) In vitro cell uptake of 213Bi-1 at 37° C. Specific cell uptake in PSMA(+) PC3 PIP cells (blue) and followed by PSMA(−) PC3 flu cell (black) and blockade with 1 mM of ZJ43, (red). (Middle and right) Specific cell kill for 213Bi-1 and 225Ac-1 after 2 h at 37° C.; -
FIG. 8 shows the tissue biodistribution for 213Bi-1 (% ID/g); -
FIG. 9 shows (top) Efficacy of 225Ac-1 in PSMA+ PIP flank tumor model (male NSG mice). (middle) Changes in bodyweight during the treatment study. (bottom) Kaplan-Meier survival curve for treatment study in micrometastatic PC3-ML-Luc-PSMA model, median survival for 51 days (untreated) vs 52 days for 177Lu-PSMA-617 (37 MBq) and 56 days for 225Ac-1 (37 kBq) and 79 days for 225Ac-1 (74 kBq); -
FIG. 10 shows (top) SPECT-CT imaging of 203Pb-2 and 203Pb-3 (14.8 MBq.) and (bottom) tissue biodistribution data. T+: PSMA(+) PC3 PIP, T(−) PC3 flu; -
FIGS. 11A, 11B, 11C, 11D, and 11E show the distribution of 0.37 MBq225Ac-1 (A) and 1.85 MBq of 213Bi-1 (+2 nmol 9) (B) in PSMA+ PC3 PIP tumor (T) and kidney (K) recorded by α-camera imaging. Co-injection of 2 nmol of 9 generated specific removal of activity from renal cortex but not from PSMA+ tumor. (C) IHC of PSMA+ tumor treated 225Ac-9 showing reduction of PSMA-expression after 24 h compared to untreated PSMA+ tumor, (D, E) PSMA+ staining (IHC) of kidney from the same mouse as (A) at 2 h; -
FIG. 12 shows the biodistribution of 177Lu-1 with increased amount of 1 showing partial kidney blocking ligand at 2 h; -
FIG. 13A andFIG. 13B show (FIG. 13A ) Type I (with high tumor and kidney uptake) and Type II (with high tumor and low kidney uptake) imaging agents, at 2 h post-injection, and (FIG. 13B ) First patient with extensive metastatic disease scanned with 68Ga-2. Note sub-centimeter perihilar and thoracic vertebral lymph node involvement (axial panels, arrows) (left) (ref. 34); selected 68Ga/177Lu-labeled PSMA-binding agents (right); -
FIG. 14 shows comparative cell uptake and internalization data for selected compounds (head-to-head study); -
FIG. 15 shows comparative tissue biodistribution data for selected compounds (head-to-head study); -
FIG. 16 shows comparative tissue biodistribution data for selected compounds (head-to-head study as also shown inFIG. 15 ); -
FIG. 17 shows biodistribution data for 177Lu-1, 177Lu-7, 177Lu-8, 177Lu-9, 177Lu-10, and 177Lu-14; -
FIG. 18A andFIG. 18B show (FIG. 18A ) SPECT/CT imaging using 177Lu-1 (37 MBq);FIG. 18B . Immunohistochemistry of PSMA expression of PC3 PIP tumors administered without or with 37 MBq of Lu-1; -
FIG. 19 shows SPECT/CT imaging after intravenous administration of Lu-14; -
FIG. 20 shows partial self-blocking of 177Lu-1 and 177Lu-9 at 2 h post injection; -
FIG. 21A andFIG. 21B show radionuclide therapy of PSMA-based 177Lu-labeled low molecular weight agents 177Lu-1, 177Lu-3, 177Lu-5 and 177Lu-PSMA-617. Tumor growth inhibition (FIG. 21A ) and survival (FIG. 21B ) after single administration of ˜111 MBq via tail-vein injection of the individual agent and control with saline injection (n=10 for 177Lu-1, 177Lu-3, 177Lu-5 and n=9 for 177Lu-PSMA-617). Relative tumor volume and body weight of the individual mice are shown at 4 weeks and 8 weeks post treatment; -
FIG. 22 show relative volume, body weight and survival (%) of 111 MBq of 177Lu-PSMA-617 and 177Lu-1; -
FIG. 23 shows hemoglobin and blood count level eight week after radiotherapy using Lu-1, Lu-3, Lu-5, 177Lu-PSMA-617. Data are mean±SEM of n=3/group; -
FIG. 24 shows radionuclide therapy 177Lu-1, after single administration of 111 MBq via tail-vein injection of the and control with saline injection (n=10 for 177Lu-1, 177Lu-3, 177Lu-5 and n=9 for 177Lu-PSMA-617). Relative tumor volume and body weight of the individual mice are shown at 4 weeks and 8 weeks post treatment; and -
FIG. 25A ,FIG. 25B ,FIG. 25C ,FIG. 25D , andFIG. 25 E show hematoxylin and eosin (H&E) staining. (FIG. 25A ,FIG. 25B ,FIG. 25C ) Extraorbital acrimal glandsFIG. 25A . control untreated;FIG. 25B . Adjacent parotid gland (arrowhead) is spared;FIG. 25C . higher magnification ofFIG. 25B , showing acinar loss, with chronic and active inflammation affecting lacrimal gland (177Lu-PSMA-617. (FIG. 25D , andFIG. 25 E). TestisFIG. 25D . control untreated, active spermatogenesis, one tubule (arrowhead) contains only Sertoli cells. This is expected near the rete testis;FIG. 25E . there is no spermatogenesis, diffusely seminiferous tubules are smaller than in A (same magnification) and lined only by Sertoli cells, with a few germ cells in some tubules. Interstitial cells are prominent between tubules in this specimen. - The presently disclosed subject matter now will be described more fully hereinafter with reference to the accompanying Figures, in which some, but not all embodiments of the presently disclosed subject matter are shown. Like numbers refer to like elements throughout. The presently disclosed subject matter may be embodied in many different forms and should not be construed as limited to the embodiments set forth herein; rather, these embodiments are provided so that this disclosure will satisfy applicable legal requirements. Indeed, many modifications and other embodiments of the presently disclosed subject matter set forth herein will come to mind to one skilled in the art to which the presently disclosed subject matter pertains having the benefit of the teachings presented in the foregoing descriptions and the associated Figures. Therefore, it is to be understood that the presently disclosed subject matter is not to be limited to the specific embodiments disclosed and that modifications and other embodiments are intended to be included within the scope of the appended claims.
- Accordingly, in some embodiments, the presently disclosed subject matter provides a compound of Formula (I):
- wherein: Z is tetrazole or CO2Q; Q is H or a protecting group; m is an integer selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5; R is independently H or —CH2—R1; R1 is selected from the group consisting of substituted aryl, substituted pyridine, and unsubstituted isoquinoline; L is a linker selected from the group consisting of C1-C6 alkylene and C3-C6 cycloalkylene, and arylene; W is selected from the group consisting of —NR2—(C═O)—, —NR2—(C═S)—, —(C═O)—NR2—, and —(C═S)—NR2—; wherein each occurrence of L and W can be the same or different; R2 is H or a C1-C4 alkyl; n is an integer selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, and 3; Ch is a chelating agent that can comprise a metal or a radiometal; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
- The phrase “wherein each occurrence of L and W can be the same or different” means that when the variable “n” is 2 or 3, one “L” group can be C1-C6 alkylene, whereas the other “L” group or groups can be C3-C6 cycloalkylene or arylene, or, in other embodiments, each “L” group can be, for example, C1-C6 alkylene. Likewise, for example, when “n” is 2 or 3, one “W” group can be —(C═O)—NR2— and the other “W” group or groups can be —(C═S)—NR2—, or, in other embodiments, each “W” can be, for example, —(C═O)—NR2—.
- In particular embodiments of the compound of Formula (I), R1 is selected from the group consisting of:
- wherein X is independently Br or I.
- In yet more particular embodiments of the compound of Formula (I), the chelating agent is selected from the group consisting of:
- In still more particular embodiments of the compound of Formula (I), the chelating agent comprises a metal selected from the group consisting of: Y, Lu, Tc, Zr, In, Sm, Re, Cu, Pb, Ac, Bi, Al, Ga, Re, Ho and Sc. In further particular embodiments of the compound of Formula (I), the metal is a radiometal and is selected from the group consisting of: 68Ga, 64Cu, 86Y, 90Y, 89Zr, 111In, 99mTc, 177Lu, 153Sm, 186Re, 188Re, 67Cu, 212Pb, 225Ac, 213Bi, 212Bi, 212Pb, 67Ga, 203Pb, 47Sc, and 166Ho.
- In particular embodiments, the compound of Formula (I) is selected from the group consisting of:
- In some embodiments, the presently disclosed subject matter provides a method for treating one or more PSMA expressing tumors or cells, the method comprising contacting the one or more PSMA expressing tumors or cells with an effective amount of a compound of formula (I), the compound of formula (I) comprising:
- wherein: Z is tetrazole or CO2Q; Q is H or a protecting group; m is an integer selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5; R is independently H or —CH2—R1; R1 is selected from the group consisting of substituted aryl, substituted pyridine, and unsubstituted isoquinoline; L is a linker selected from the group consisting of C1-C6 alkylene and C3-C6 cycloalkylene, and arylene; W is selected from the group consisting of —NR2—(C═O)—, —NR2—(C═S)—, —(C═O)—NR2—, and —(C═S)—NR2—; wherein each occurrence of L and W can be the same or different; R2 is H or a C1-C4 alkyl; n is an integer selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, and 3; Ch is a chelating agent that comprises a radiometal suitable for radiotherapy; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
- “Contacting” means any action which results in at least one compound comprising the therapeutic agent of the presently disclosed subject matter physically contacting at least one PSMA-expressing tumor or cell. Contacting can include exposing the cell(s) or tumor(s) to the compound in an amount sufficient to result in contact of at least one compound with at least one cell or tumor. The method can be practiced in vitro or ex vivo by introducing, and preferably mixing, the compound and cell(s) or tumor(s) in a controlled environment, such as a culture dish or tube. The method can be practiced in vivo, in which case contacting means exposing at least one cell or tumor in a subject to at least one compound of the presently disclosed subject matter, such as administering the compound to a subject via any suitable route.
- As used herein, the term “treating” can include reversing, alleviating, inhibiting the progression of, preventing or reducing the likelihood of the disease, disorder, or condition to which such term applies, or one or more symptoms or manifestations of such disease, disorder or condition. Preventing refers to causing a disease, disorder, condition, or symptom or manifestation of such, or worsening of the severity of such, not to occur. Accordingly, the presently disclosed compounds can be administered prophylactically to prevent or reduce the incidence or recurrence of the disease, disorder, or condition.
- In general, the “effective amount” of an active agent refers to the amount necessary to elicit the desired biological response. As will be appreciated by those of ordinary skill in this art, the effective amount of an agent or device may vary depending on such factors as the desired biological endpoint, the agent to be delivered, the makeup of the pharmaceutical composition, the target tissue, and the like.
- The term “combination” is used in its broadest sense and means that a subject is administered at least two agents, more particularly a compound of Formula (I) and at least one other active agent. More particularly, the term “in combination” refers to the concomitant administration of two (or more) active agents for the treatment of a, e.g., single disease state. As used herein, the active agents may be combined and administered in a single dosage form, may be administered as separate dosage forms at the same time, or may be administered as separate dosage forms that are administered alternately or sequentially on the same or separate days. In one embodiment of the presently disclosed subject matter, the active agents are combined and administered in a single dosage form. In another embodiment, the active agents are administered in separate dosage forms (e.g., wherein it is desirable to vary the amount of one but not the other). The single dosage form may include additional active agents for the treatment of the disease state.
- In particular embodiments, R1 is selected from the group consisting of:
- wherein X is independently Br or I.
- In more particular embodiments, the chelating agent is selected from the group consisting of:
- In yet more particular embodiments, the radiometal suitable for radiotherapy is selected from the group consisting of: 90Y 177Lu, 211At, 111In, 153Sm, 186Re, 188Re, 67Cu, 212Pb, 225Ac, 213Bi, 212Bi, 212Pb, and 67Ga.
- In still more particular embodiments, the compound of formula (I) is selected from the group consisting of:
- In other embodiments, the one or more PSMA-expressing tumor or cell is selected from the group consisting of: a prostate tumor or cell, a metastasized prostate tumor or cell, a lung tumor or cell, a renal tumor or cell, a glioblastoma, a pancreatic tumor or cell, a bladder tumor or cell, a sarcoma, a melanoma, a breast tumor or cell, a colon tumor or cell, a germ cell, a pheochromocytoma, an esophageal tumor or cell, a stomach tumor or cell, and combinations thereof. In some other embodiments, the one or more PSMA-expressing tumor or cell is a prostate tumor or cell.
- In other embodiments, the one or more PSMA-expressing tumors or cells is in vitro, in vivo or ex-vivo. In yet other embodiments, the one or more PSMA-expressing tumor or cell is present in a subject.
- The subject treated by the presently disclosed methods in their many embodiments is desirably a human subject, although it is to be understood that the methods described herein are effective with respect to all vertebrate species, which are intended to be included in the term “subject.” Accordingly, a “subject” can include a human subject for medical purposes, such as for the treatment of an existing condition or disease or the prophylactic treatment for preventing the onset of a condition or disease, or an animal (non-human) subject for medical, veterinary purposes, or developmental purposes. Suitable animal subjects include mammals including, but not limited to, primates, e.g., humans, monkeys, apes, and the like; bovines, e.g., cattle, oxen, and the like; ovines, e.g., sheep and the like; caprines, e.g., goats and the like; porcines, e.g., pigs, hogs, and the like; equines, e.g., horses, donkeys, zebras, and the like; felines, including wild and domestic cats; canines, including dogs; lagomorphs, including rabbits, hares, and the like; and rodents, including mice, rats, and the like. An animal may be a transgenic animal. In some embodiments, the subject is a human including, but not limited to, fetal, neonatal, infant, juvenile, and adult subjects. Further, a “subject” can include a patient afflicted with or suspected of being afflicted with a condition or disease. Thus, the terms “subject” and “patient” are used interchangeably herein.
- In yet some other embodiments, the method results in inhibition of the tumor growth.
- In other embodiments, the presently disclosed subject matter provides a method for imaging one or more prostate-specific membrane antigen (PSMA) tumors or cells, the method comprising contacting to the one or more tumors or cells, an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) and making an image, the compound of Formula (I) comprising:
- wherein: Z is tetrazole or CO2Q; Q is H or a protecting group; m is an integer selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5; R is independently H or —CH2—R1; R1 substituted aryl, substituted pyridine, and unsubstituted isoquinoline; L is a linker selected from the group consisting of C1-C6 alkylene and C3-C6 cycloalkylene, and arylene; W is selected from the group consisting of —NR2—(C═O)—, —NR2—(C═S)—, —(C═O)—NR2—, and —(C═S)—NR2—; wherein each occurrence of L and W can be the same or different; R2 is H or a C1-C4 alkyl; n is an integer selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, and 3; Ch is a chelating agent that comprises a radiometal suitable for imaging; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
- In yet other embodiments, the presently disclosed subject matter provides a kit comprising a compound of Formula (I).
- In certain embodiments, the kit provides packaged pharmaceutical compositions comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and a compound of the invention. In certain embodiments the packaged pharmaceutical composition will comprise the reaction precursors necessary to generate the compound of the invention upon combination with a radio labeled precursor. Other packaged pharmaceutical compositions provided by the present invention further comprise indicia comprising at least one of: instructions for preparing compounds according to the invention from supplied precursors, instructions for using the composition to image cells or tissues expressing PSMA, or instructions for using the composition to image glutamatergic neurotransmission in a patient suffering from a stress-related disorder, or instructions for using the composition to image prostate cancer.
- In another aspect, the present disclosure provides a pharmaceutical composition including a compound of Formula (I) alone or in combination with one or more additional therapeutic agents in admixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. One of skill in the art will recognize that the pharmaceutical compositions include the pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds described above. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are generally well known to those of ordinary skill in the art, and include salts of active compounds which are prepared with relatively nontoxic acids or bases, depending on the particular substituent moieties found on the compounds described herein. When compounds of the present disclosure contain relatively acidic functionalities, base addition salts can be obtained by contacting the neutral form of such compounds with a sufficient amount of the desired base, either neat or in a suitable inert solvent or by ion exchange, whereby one basic counterion (base) in an ionic complex is substituted for another. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts include sodium, potassium, calcium, ammonium, organic amino, or magnesium salt, or a similar salt.
- When compounds of the present disclosure contain relatively basic functionalities, acid addition salts can be obtained by contacting the neutral form of such compounds with a sufficient amount of the desired acid, either neat or in a suitable inert solvent or by ion exchange, whereby one acidic counterion (acid) in an ionic complex is substituted for another. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts include those derived from inorganic acids like hydrochloric, hydrobromic, nitric, carbonic, monohydrogencarbonic, phosphoric, monohydrogenphosphoric, dihydrogenphosphoric, sulfuric, monohydrogensulfuric, hydriodic, or phosphorous acids and the like, as well as the salts derived from relatively nontoxic organic acids like acetic, propionic, isobutyric, maleic, malonic, benzoic, succinic, suberic, fumaric, lactic, mandelic, phthalic, benzenesulfonic, p-toluenesulfonic, citric, tartaric, methanesulfonic, and the like. Also included are salts of amino acids such as arginate and the like, and salts of organic acids like glucuronic or galactunoric acids and the like (see, for example, Berge et al, “Pharmaceutical Salts”, Journal of Pharmaceutical Science, 1977, 66, 1-19). Certain specific compounds of the present disclosure contain both basic and acidic functionalities that allow the compounds to be converted into either base or acid addition salts.
- Accordingly, pharmaceutically acceptable salts suitable for use with the presently disclosed subject matter include, by way of example but not limitation, acetate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate, bicarbonate, bitartrate, bromide, calcium edetate, carnsylate, carbonate, citrate, edetate, edisylate, estolate, esylate, fumarate, gluceptate, gluconate, glutamate, glycollylarsanilate, hexylresorcinate, hydrabamine, hydrobromide, hydrochloride, hydroxynaphthoate, iodide, isethionate, lactate, lactobionate, malate, maleate, mandelate, mesylate, mucate, napsylate, nitrate, pamoate (embonate), pantothenate, phosphate/diphosphate, polygalacturonate, salicylate, stearate, subacetate, succinate, sulfate, tannate, tartrate, or teoclate. Other pharmaceutically acceptable salts may be found in, for example, Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy (20th ed.) Lippincott, Williams & Wilkins (2000).
- In therapeutic and/or diagnostic applications, the compounds of the disclosure can be formulated for a variety of modes of administration, including systemic and topical or localized administration. Techniques and formulations generally may be found in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy (20th ed.) Lippincott, Williams & Wilkins (2000).
- Depending on the specific conditions being treated, such agents may be formulated into liquid or solid dosage forms and administered systemically or locally. The agents may be delivered, for example, in a timed- or sustained-slow release form as is known to those skilled in the art. Techniques for formulation and administration may be found in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy (20th ed.) Lippincott, Williams & Wilkins (2000). Suitable routes may include oral, buccal, by inhalation spray, sublingual, rectal, transdermal, vaginal, transmucosal, nasal or intestinal administration; parenteral delivery, including intramuscular, subcutaneous, intramedullary injections, as well as intrathecal, direct intraventricular, intravenous, intra-articullar, intra-sternal, intra-synovial, intra-hepatic, intralesional, intracranial, intraperitoneal, intranasal, or intraocular injections or other modes of delivery.
- For injection, the agents of the disclosure may be formulated and diluted in aqueous solutions, such as in physiologically compatible buffers such as Hank's solution, Ringer's solution, or physiological saline buffer. For such transmucosal administration, penetrants appropriate to the barrier to be permeated are used in the formulation. Such penetrants are generally known in the art.
- Use of pharmaceutically acceptable inert carriers to formulate the compounds herein disclosed for the practice of the disclosure into dosages suitable for systemic administration is within the scope of the disclosure. With proper choice of carrier and suitable manufacturing practice, the compositions of the present disclosure, in particular, those formulated as solutions, may be administered parenterally, such as by intravenous injection. The compounds can be formulated readily using pharmaceutically acceptable carriers well known in the art into dosages suitable for oral administration. Such carriers enable the compounds of the disclosure to be formulated as tablets, pills, capsules, liquids, gels, syrups, slurries, suspensions and the like, for oral ingestion by a subject (e.g., patient) to be treated.
- For nasal or inhalation delivery, the agents of the disclosure also may be formulated by methods known to those of skill in the art, and may include, for example, but not limited to, examples of solubilizing, diluting, or dispersing substances, such as saline; preservatives, such as benzyl alcohol; absorption promoters; and fluorocarbons.
- Pharmaceutical compositions suitable for use in the present disclosure include compositions wherein the active ingredients are contained in an effective amount to achieve its intended purpose. Determination of the effective amounts is well within the capability of those skilled in the art, especially in light of the detailed disclosure provided herein. Generally, the compounds according to the disclosure are effective over a wide dosage range. For example, in the treatment of adult humans, dosages from 0.01 to 1000 mg, from 0.5 to 100 mg, from 1 to 50 mg per day, and from 5 to 40 mg per day are examples of dosages that may be used. A non-limiting dosage is 10 to 30 mg per day. The exact dosage will depend upon the route of administration, the form in which the compound is administered, the subject to be treated, the body weight of the subject to be treated, the bioavailability of the compound(s), the adsorption, distribution, metabolism, and excretion (ADME) toxicity of the compound(s), and the preference and experience of the attending physician.
- In addition to the active ingredients, these pharmaceutical compositions may contain suitable pharmaceutically acceptable carriers comprising excipients and auxiliaries which facilitate processing of the active compounds into preparations which can be used pharmaceutically. The preparations formulated for oral administration may be in the form of tablets, dragees, capsules, or solutions.
- Pharmaceutical preparations for oral use can be obtained by combining the active compounds with solid excipients, optionally grinding a resulting mixture, and processing the mixture of granules, after adding suitable auxiliaries, if desired, to obtain tablets or dragee cores. Suitable excipients are, in particular, fillers such as sugars, including lactose, sucrose, mannitol, or sorbitol; cellulose preparations, for example, maize starch, wheat starch, rice starch, potato starch, gelatin, gum tragacanth, methyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl-cellulose, sodium carboxymethyl-cellulose (CMC), and/or polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP: povidone). If desired, disintegrating agents may be added, such as the cross-linked polyvinylpyrrolidone, agar, or alginic acid or a salt thereof such as sodium alginate.
- Dragee cores are provided with suitable coatings. For this purpose, concentrated sugar solutions may be used, which may optionally contain gum arabic, talc, polyvinylpyrrolidone, carbopol gel, polyethylene glycol (PEG), and/or titanium dioxide, lacquer solutions, and suitable organic solvents or solvent mixtures. Dye-stuffs or pigments may be added to the tablets or dragee coatings for identification or to characterize different combinations of active compound doses.
- Pharmaceutical preparations that can be used orally include push-fit capsules made of gelatin, as well as soft, sealed capsules made of gelatin, and a plasticizer, such as glycerol or sorbitol. The push-fit capsules can contain the active ingredients in admixture with filler such as lactose, binders such as starches, and/or lubricants such as talc or magnesium stearate and, optionally, stabilizers. In soft capsules, the active compounds may be dissolved or suspended in suitable liquids, such as fatty oils, liquid paraffin, or liquid polyethylene glycols (PEGs). In addition, stabilizers may be added.
- Although specific terms are employed herein, they are used in a generic and descriptive sense only and not for purposes of limitation. Unless otherwise defined, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which this presently described subject matter belongs.
- While the following terms in relation to compounds of Formula (I) are believed to be well understood by one of ordinary skill in the art, the following definitions are set forth to facilitate explanation of the presently disclosed subject matter. These definitions are intended to supplement and illustrate, not preclude, the definitions that would be apparent to one of ordinary skill in the art upon review of the present disclosure.
- The terms substituted, whether preceded by the term “optionally” or not, and substituent, as used herein, refer to the ability, as appreciated by one skilled in this art, to change one functional group for another functional group on a molecule, provided that the valency of all atoms is maintained. When more than one position in any given structure may be substituted with more than one substituent selected from a specified group, the substituent may be either the same or different at every position. The substituents also may be further substituted (e.g., an aryl group substituent may have another substituent off it, such as another aryl group, which is further substituted at one or more positions).
- Where substituent groups or linking groups are specified by their conventional chemical formulae, written from left to right, they equally encompass the chemically identical substituents that would result from writing the structure from right to left, e.g., —CH2O— is equivalent to —OCH2—; —C(═O)O— is equivalent to —OC(═O)—; —OC(═O)NR— is equivalent to —NRC(═O)O—, and the like.
- When the term “independently selected” is used, the substituents being referred to (e.g., R groups, such as groups R1, R2, and the like, or variables, such as “m” and “n”), can be identical or different. For example, both R1 and R2 can be substituted alkyls, or R1 can be hydrogen and R2 can be a substituted alkyl, and the like.
- The terms “a,” “an,” or “a(n),” when used in reference to a group of substituents herein, mean at least one. For example, where a compound is substituted with “an” alkyl or aryl, the compound is optionally substituted with at least one alkyl and/or at least one aryl. Moreover, where a moiety is substituted with an R substituent, the group may be referred to as “R-substituted.” Where a moiety is R-substituted, the moiety is substituted with at least one R substituent and each R substituent is optionally different.
- A named “R” or group will generally have the structure that is recognized in the art as corresponding to a group having that name, unless specified otherwise herein. For the purposes of illustration, certain representative “R” groups as set forth above are defined below.
- Descriptions of compounds of the present disclosure are limited by principles of chemical bonding known to those skilled in the art. Accordingly, where a group may be substituted by one or more of a number of substituents, such substitutions are selected so as to comply with principles of chemical bonding and to give compounds which are not inherently unstable and/or would be known to one of ordinary skill in the art as likely to be unstable under ambient conditions, such as aqueous, neutral, and several known physiological conditions. For example, a heterocycloalkyl or heteroaryl is attached to the remainder of the molecule via a ring heteroatom in compliance with principles of chemical bonding known to those skilled in the art thereby avoiding inherently unstable compounds.
- Unless otherwise explicitly defined, a “substituent group,” as used herein, includes a functional group selected from one or more of the following moieties, which are defined herein:
- The term hydrocarbon, as used herein, refers to any chemical group comprising hydrogen and carbon. The hydrocarbon may be substituted or unsubstituted. As would be known to one skilled in this art, all valencies must be satisfied in making any substitutions. The hydrocarbon may be unsaturated, saturated, branched, unbranched, cyclic, polycyclic, or heterocyclic. Illustrative hydrocarbons are further defined herein below and include, for example, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl, allyl, vinyl, n-butyl, tert-butyl, ethynyl, cyclohexyl, and the like.
- The term “alkyl,” by itself or as part of another substituent, means, unless otherwise stated, a straight (i.e., unbranched) or branched chain, acyclic or cyclic hydrocarbon group, or combination thereof, which may be fully saturated, mono- or polyunsaturated and can include di- and multivalent groups, having the number of carbon atoms designated (i.e., C1-C10 means one to ten carbons, including 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10 carbons). In particular embodiments, the term “alkyl” refers to C1-20 inclusive, including 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, and 20 carbons, linear (i.e., “straight-chain”), branched, or cyclic, saturated or at least partially and in some cases fully unsaturated (i.e., alkenyl and alkynyl) hydrocarbon radicals derived from a hydrocarbon moiety containing between one and twenty carbon atoms by removal of a single hydrogen atom.
- Representative saturated hydrocarbon groups include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, sec-pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, n-hexyl, sec-hexyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, n-decyl, n-undecyl, dodecyl, cyclohexyl, (cyclohexyl)methyl, cyclopropylmethyl, and homologs and isomers thereof.
- “Branched” refers to an alkyl group in which a lower alkyl group, such as methyl, ethyl or propyl, is attached to a linear alkyl chain. “Lower alkyl” refers to an alkyl group having 1 to about 8 carbon atoms (i.e., a C1_8 alkyl), e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 carbon atoms. “Higher alkyl” refers to an alkyl group having about 10 to about 20 carbon atoms, e.g., 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20 carbon atoms. In certain embodiments, “alkyl” refers, in particular, to C1_8 straight-chain alkyls. In other embodiments, “alkyl” refers, in particular, to C1-8 branched-chain alkyls.
- Alkyl groups can optionally be substituted (a “substituted alkyl”) with one or more alkyl group substituents, which can be the same or different. The term “alkyl group substituent” includes but is not limited to alkyl, substituted alkyl, halo, arylamino, acyl, hydroxyl, aryloxyl, alkoxyl, alkylthio, arylthio, aralkyloxyl, aralkylthio, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, oxo, and cycloalkyl. There can be optionally inserted along the alkyl chain one or more oxygen, sulfur or substituted or unsubstituted nitrogen atoms, wherein the nitrogen substituent is hydrogen, lower alkyl (also referred to herein as “alkylaminoalkyl”), or aryl.
- Thus, as used herein, the term “substituted alkyl” includes alkyl groups, as defined herein, in which one or more atoms or functional groups of the alkyl group are replaced with another atom or functional group, including for example, alkyl, substituted alkyl, halogen, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxyl, hydroxyl, nitro, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, sulfate, and mercapto.
- The term “heteroalkyl,” by itself or in combination with another term, means, unless otherwise stated, a stable straight or branched chain, or cyclic hydrocarbon group, or combinations thereof, consisting of at least one carbon atoms and at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of O, N, P, Si and S, and wherein the nitrogen, phosphorus, and sulfur atoms may optionally be oxidized and the nitrogen heteroatom may optionally be quaternized. The heteroatom(s) O, N, P and S and Si may be placed at any interior position of the heteroalkyl group or at the position at which alkyl group is attached to the remainder of the molecule. Examples include, but are not limited to, —CH2—CH2—O—CH3, —CH2—CH2—NH—CH3, —CH2—CH2—N(CH3)—CH3, —CH2—S—CH2—CH3, —CH2—CH25—S(O)—CH3, —CH2—CH2—S(O)2—CH3, —CH═CHO—CH3, —Si(CH3)3, —CH2—CH═N—OCH3, —CH═CH—N(CH3)—CH3, O—CH3, —O—CH2—CH3, and —CN. Up to two or three heteroatoms may be consecutive, such as, for example, —CH2—NH—OCH3 and —CH2—O—Si(CH3)3.
- As described above, heteroalkyl groups, as used herein, include those groups that are attached to the remainder of the molecule through a heteroatom, such as —C(O)NR′, —NR′R″, —OR′, —SR, —S(O)R, and/or —S(O2)R′. Where “heteroalkyl” is recited, followed by recitations of specific heteroalkyl groups, such as —NR′R or the like, it will be understood that the terms heteroalkyl and —NR′R″ are not redundant or mutually exclusive. Rather, the specific heteroalkyl groups are recited to add clarity. Thus, the term “heteroalkyl” should not be interpreted herein as excluding specific heteroalkyl groups, such as —NR′R″ or the like.
- “Cyclic” and “cycloalkyl” refer to a non-aromatic mono- or multicyclic ring system of about 3 to about 10 carbon atoms, e.g., 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 carbon atoms. The cycloalkyl group can be optionally partially unsaturated. The cycloalkyl group also can be optionally substituted with an alkyl group substituent as defined herein, oxo, and/or alkylene. There can be optionally inserted along the cyclic alkyl chain one or more oxygen, sulfur or substituted or unsubstituted nitrogen atoms, wherein the nitrogen substituent is hydrogen, unsubstituted alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, or substituted aryl, thus providing a heterocyclic group. Representative monocyclic cycloalkyl rings include cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and cycloheptyl. Multicyclic cycloalkyl rings include adamantyl, octahydronaphthyl, decalin, camphor, camphane, and noradamantyl, and fused ring systems, such as dihydro- and tetrahydronaphthalene, and the like.
- The term “cycloalkylalkyl,” as used herein, refers to a cycloalkyl group as defined hereinabove, which is attached to the parent molecular moiety through an alkyl group, also as defined above. Examples of cycloalkylalkyl groups include cyclopropylmethyl and cyclopentylethyl.
- The terms “cycloheteroalkyl” or “heterocycloalkyl” refer to a non-aromatic ring system, unsaturated or partially unsaturated ring system, such as a 3- to 10-member substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl ring system, including one or more heteroatoms, which can be the same or different, and are selected from the group consisting of nitrogen (N), oxygen (O), sulfur (S), phosphorus (P), and silicon (Si), and optionally can include one or more double bonds.
- The cycloheteroalkyl ring can be optionally fused to or otherwise attached to other cycloheteroalkyl rings and/or non-aromatic hydrocarbon rings. Heterocyclic rings include those having from one to three heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, sulfur, and nitrogen, in which the nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms may optionally be oxidized and the nitrogen heteroatom may optionally be quaternized. In certain embodiments, the term heterocylic refers to a non-aromatic 5-, 6-, or 7-membered ring or a polycyclic group wherein at least one ring atom is a heteroatom selected from O, S, and N (wherein the nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms may be optionally oxidized), including, but not limited to, a bi- or tri-cyclic group, comprising fused six-membered rings having between one and three heteroatoms independently selected from the oxygen, sulfur, and nitrogen, wherein (i) each 5-membered ring has 0 to 2 double bonds, each 6-membered ring has 0 to 2 double bonds, and each 7-membered ring has 0 to 3 double bonds, (ii) the nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms may be optionally oxidized, (iii) the nitrogen heteroatom may optionally be quaternized, and (iv) any of the above heterocyclic rings may be fused to an aryl or heteroaryl ring. Representative cycloheteroalkyl ring systems include, but are not limited to pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolinyl, imidazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, piperidyl, piperazinyl, indolinyl, quinuclidinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiadiazinanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, and the like.
- The terms “cycloalkyl” and “heterocycloalkyl”, by themselves or in combination with other terms, represent, unless otherwise stated, cyclic versions of “alkyl” and “heteroalkyl”, respectively. Additionally, for heterocycloalkyl, a heteroatom can occupy the position at which the heterocycle is attached to the remainder of the molecule. Examples of cycloalkyl include, but are not limited to, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, 1-cyclohexenyl, 3-cyclohexenyl, cycloheptyl, and the like. Examples of heterocycloalkyl include, but are not limited to, 1-(1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridyl), 1-piperidinyl, 2-piperidinyl, 3-piperidinyl, 4-morpholinyl, 3-morpholinyl, tetrahydrofuran-2-yl, tetrahydrofuran-3-yl, tetrahydrothien-2-yl, tetrahydrothien-3-yl, 1-piperazinyl, 2-piperazinyl, and the like. The terms “cycloalkylene” and “heterocycloalkylene” refer to the divalent derivatives of cycloalkyl and heterocycloalkyl, respectively.
- An unsaturated alkyl group is one having one or more double bonds or triple bonds. Examples of unsaturated alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, vinyl, 2-propenyl, crotyl, 2-isopentenyl, 2-(butadienyl), 2,4-pentadienyl, 3-(1,4-pentadienyl), ethynyl, 1- and 3-propynyl, 3-butynyl, and the higher homologs and isomers. Alkyl groups which are limited to hydrocarbon groups are termed “homoalkyl.”
- More particularly, the term “alkenyl” as used herein refers to a monovalent group derived from a C1-20 inclusive straight or branched hydrocarbon moiety having at least one carbon-carbon double bond by the removal of a single hydrogen molecule. Alkenyl groups include, for example, ethenyl (i.e., vinyl), propenyl, butenyl, 1-methyl-2-buten-1-yl, pentenyl, hexenyl, octenyl, allenyl, and butadienyl.
- The term “cycloalkenyl” as used herein refers to a cyclic hydrocarbon containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond. Examples of cycloalkenyl groups include cyclopropenyl, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclopentadiene, cyclohexenyl, 1,3-cyclohexadiene, cycloheptenyl, cycloheptatrienyl, and cyclooctenyl.
- The term “alkynyl” as used herein refers to a monovalent group derived from a straight or branched C1-20 hydrocarbon of a designed number of carbon atoms containing at least one carbon-carbon triple bond. Examples of “alkynyl” include ethynyl, 2-propynyl (propargyl), 1-propynyl, pentynyl, hexynyl, and heptynyl groups, and the like.
- The term “alkylene” by itself or a part of another substituent refers to a straight or branched bivalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group derived from an alkyl group having from 1 to about 20 carbon atoms, e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20 carbon atoms. The alkylene group can be straight, branched or cyclic. The alkylene group also can be optionally unsaturated and/or substituted with one or more “alkyl group substituents.” There can be optionally inserted along the alkylene group one or more oxygen, sulfur or substituted or unsubstituted nitrogen atoms (also referred to herein as “alkylaminoalkyl”), wherein the nitrogen substituent is alkyl as previously described. Exemplary alkylene groups include methylene (—CH2—); ethylene (—CH2—CH2—); propylene (—(CH2)3—); cyclohexylene (—C6H10—); —CH═CH—CH═CH—; —CH═CH—CH2—; —CH2CH2CH2CH2—, —CH2CH═CHCH2—, —CH2CsCCH2—, —CH2CH2CH(CH2CH2CH3)CH2—, —(CH2)q—N(R)—(CH2)r—, wherein each of q and r is independently an integer from 0 to about 20, e.g., 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20, and R is hydrogen or lower alkyl; methylenedioxyl (—O—CH2—O—); and ethylenedioxyl (—O—(CH2)2—O—). An alkylene group can have about 2 to about 3 carbon atoms and can further have 6-20 carbons. Typically, an alkyl (or alkylene) group will have from 1 to 24 carbon atoms, with those groups having 10 or fewer carbon atoms being some embodiments of the present disclosure. A “lower alkyl” or “lower alkylene” is a shorter chain alkyl or alkylene group, generally having eight or fewer carbon atoms.
- The term “heteroalkylene” by itself or as part of another substituent means a divalent group derived from heteroalkyl, as exemplified, but not limited by, —CH2—CH2—S—CH2—CH2— and —CH2—S—CH2—CH2—NH—CH2—. For heteroalkylene groups, heteroatoms also can occupy either or both of the chain termini (e.g., alkyleneoxo, alkylenedioxo, alkyleneamino, alkylenediamino, and the like). Still further, for alkylene and heteroalkylene linking groups, no orientation of the linking group is implied by the direction in which the formula of the linking group is written. For example, the formula —C(O)OR′— represents both —C(O)OR′— and —R′OC(O)—.
- The term “aryl” means, unless otherwise stated, an aromatic hydrocarbon substituent that can be a single ring or multiple rings (such as from 1 to 3 rings), which are fused together or linked covalently. The term “heteroaryl” refers to aryl groups (or rings) that contain from one to four heteroatoms (in each separate ring in the case of multiple rings) selected from N, O, and S, wherein the nitrogen and sulfur atoms are optionally oxidized, and the nitrogen atom(s) are optionally quaternized. A heteroaryl group can be attached to the remainder of the molecule through a carbon or heteroatom. Non-limiting examples of aryl and heteroaryl groups include phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 4-biphenyl, 1-pyrrolyl, 2-pyrrolyl, 3-pyrrolyl, 3-pyrazolyl, 2-imidazolyl, 4-imidazolyl, pyrazinyl, 2-oxazolyl, 4-oxazolyl, 2-phenyl-4-oxazolyl, 5-oxazolyl, 3-isoxazolyl, 4-isoxazolyl, 5-isoxazolyl, 2-thiazolyl, 4-thiazolyl, 5-thiazolyl, 2-furyl, 3-furyl, 2-thienyl, 3-thienyl, 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 2-pyrimidyl, 4-pyrimidyl, 5-benzothiazolyl, purinyl, 2-benzimidazolyl, 5-indolyl, 1-isoquinolyl, 5-isoquinolyl, 2-quinoxalinyl, 5-quinoxalinyl, 3-quinolyl, and 6-quinolyl. Substituents for each of above noted aryl and heteroaryl ring systems are selected from the group of acceptable substituents described below. The terms “arylene” and “heteroarylene” refer to the divalent forms of aryl and heteroaryl, respectively.
- For brevity, the term “aryl” when used in combination with other terms (e.g., aryloxy, arylthioxy, arylalkyl) includes both aryl and heteroaryl rings as defined above. Thus, the terms “arylalkyl” and “heteroarylalkyl” are meant to include those groups in which an aryl or heteroaryl group is attached to an alkyl group (e.g., benzyl, phenethyl, pyridylmethyl, furylmethyl, and the like) including those alkyl groups in which a carbon atom (e.g., a methylene group) has been replaced by, for example, an oxygen atom (e.g., phenoxymethyl, 2-pyridyloxymethyl, 3-(1-naphthyloxy)propyl, and the like). However, the term “haloaryl,” as used herein is meant to cover only aryls substituted with one or more halogens.
- Where a heteroalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, or heteroaryl includes a specific number of members (e.g. “3 to 7 membered”), the term “member” refers to a carbon or heteroatom.
- Further, a structure represented generally by the formula:
- as used herein refers to a ring structure, for example, but not limited to a 3-carbon, a 4-carbon, a 5-carbon, a 6-carbon, a 7-carbon, and the like, aliphatic and/or aromatic cyclic compound, including a saturated ring structure, a partially saturated ring structure, and an unsaturated ring structure, comprising a substituent R group, wherein the R group can be present or absent, and when present, one or more R groups can each be substituted on one or more available carbon atoms of the ring structure. The presence or absence of the R group and number of R groups is determined by the value of the variable “n,” which is an integer generally having a value ranging from 0 to the number of carbon atoms on the ring available for substitution. Each R group, if more than one, is substituted on an available carbon of the ring structure rather than on another R group. For example, the structure above where n is 0 to 2 would comprise compound groups including, but not limited to:
- and the like.
- A dashed line representing a bond in a cyclic ring structure indicates that the bond can be either present or absent in the ring. That is, a dashed line representing a bond in a cyclic ring structure indicates that the ring structure is selected from the group consisting of a saturated ring structure, a partially saturated ring structure, and an unsaturated ring structure.
-
- When a named atom of an aromatic ring or a heterocyclic aromatic ring is defined as being “absent,” the named atom is replaced by a direct bond.
- Each of above terms (e.g., “alkyl,” “heteroalkyl,” “cycloalkyl, and “heterocycloalkyl”, “aryl,” “heteroaryl,” “phosphonate,” and “sulfonate” as well as their divalent derivatives) are meant to include both substituted and unsubstituted forms of the indicated group. Optional substituents for each type of group are provided below.
- Substituents for alkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl monovalent and divalent derivative groups (including those groups often referred to as alkylene, alkenyl, heteroalkylene, heteroalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, and heterocycloalkenyl) can be one or more of a variety of groups selected from, but not limited to: —OR′, ═O, ═NR′, ═N—OR′, —NR′R″, —SR′, -halogen, —SiR′R″R′″, —OC(O)R′, —C(O)R′, —CO2R′, —C(O)NR′R″, —OC(O)NR′R″, —NR″C(O)R′, —NR′—C(O)NR″R′″, —NR″C(O)OR′, —NR—C(NR′R″)═NR′″, —S(O)R′, —S(O)2R′, —S(O)2NR′R″, —NRSO2R′, —CN and —NO2 in a number ranging from zero to (2m′+1), where m′ is the total number of carbon atoms in such groups. R′, R″, R′″ and R″″ each may independently refer to hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl (e.g., aryl substituted with 1-3 halogens), substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, alkoxy or thioalkoxy groups, or arylalkyl groups. As used herein, an “alkoxy” group is an alkyl attached to the remainder of the molecule through a divalent oxygen. When a compound of the disclosure includes more than one R group, for example, each of the R groups is independently selected as are each R′, R″, R′″ and R″″ groups when more than one of these groups is present. When R′ and R″ are attached to the same nitrogen atom, they can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered ring. For example, —NR′R″ is meant to include, but not be limited to, 1-pyrrolidinyl and 4-morpholinyl. From the above discussion of substituents, one of skill in the art will understand that the term “alkyl” is meant to include groups including carbon atoms bound to groups other than hydrogen groups, such as haloalkyl (e.g., —CF3 and —CH2CF3) and acyl (e.g., —C(O)CH3, —C(O)CF3, —C(O)CH2OCH3, and the like).
- Similar to the substituents described for alkyl groups above, exemplary substituents for aryl and heteroaryl groups (as well as their divalent derivatives) are varied and are selected from, for example: halogen, —OR′, —NR′R″, —SR′, —SiR′R″R′″, —OC(O)R′, —C(O)R′, —CO2R′, —C(O)NR′R″, —OC(O)NR′R″, —NR″C(O)R′, —NR′—C(O)NR″R′″, —NR″C(O)OR′, —NR—C(NR′R″R′″)═NR″″, —NR—C(NR′R″)═NR′″—S(O)R′, —S(O)2R′, —S(O)2NR′R″, —NRSO2R′, —CN and —NO2, —R′, —N3, —CH(Ph)2, fluoro(C1-C4)alkoxo, and fluoro(C1-C4)alkyl, in a number ranging from zero to the total number of open valences on aromatic ring system; and where R′, R″, R′″ and R″″ may be independently selected from hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. When a compound of the disclosure includes more than one R group, for example, each of the R groups is independently selected as are each R′, R″, R′″ and R″″ groups when more than one of these groups is present.
- Two of the substituents on adjacent atoms of aryl or heteroaryl ring may optionally form a ring of the formula -T-C(O)—(CRR′)q-U-, wherein T and U are independently —NR—, —O—, —CRR′— or a single bond, and q is an integer of from 0 to 3. Alternatively, two of the substituents on adjacent atoms of aryl or heteroaryl ring may optionally be replaced with a substituent of the formula -A-(CH2)r-B-, wherein A and B are independently —CRR′—, —O—, —NR—, —S—, —S(O)—, —S(O)2—, —S(O)2NR′— or a single bond, and r is an integer of from 1 to 4.
- One of the single bonds of the new ring so formed may optionally be replaced with a double bond. Alternatively, two of the substituents on adjacent atoms of aryl or heteroaryl ring may optionally be replaced with a substituent of the formula —(CRR′)s—X′—(C″R′″)d—, where s and d are independently integers of from 0 to 3, and X′ is —O—, —NR′—, —S—, —S(O)—, —S(O)2—, or —S(O)2NR′—. The substituents R, R′, R″ and R′″ may be independently selected from hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- As used herein, the term “acyl” refers to an organic acid group wherein the —OH of the carboxyl group has been replaced with another substituent and has the general formula RC(═O)—, wherein R is an alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, carbocylic, heterocyclic, or aromatic heterocyclic group as defined herein). As such, the term “acyl” specifically includes arylacyl groups, such as a 2-(furan-2-yl)acetyl)- and a 2-phenylacetyl group. Specific examples of acyl groups include acetyl and benzoyl. Acyl groups also are intended to include amides, —RC(═O)NR′, esters, —RC(═O)OR′, ketones, —RC(═O)R′, and aldehydes, —RC(═O)H.
- The terms “alkoxyl” or “alkoxy” are used interchangeably herein and refer to a saturated (i.e., alkyl-O—) or unsaturated (i.e., alkenyl-O— and alkynyl-O—) group attached to the parent molecular moiety through an oxygen atom, wherein the terms “alkyl,” “alkenyl,” and “alkynyl” are as previously described and can include C1-20 inclusive, linear, branched, or cyclic, saturated or unsaturated oxo-hydrocarbon chains, including, for example, methoxyl, ethoxyl, propoxyl, isopropoxyl, n-butoxyl, sec-butoxyl, tert-butoxyl, and n-pentoxyl, neopentoxyl, n-hexoxyl, and the like.
- The term “alkoxyalkyl” as used herein refers to an alkyl-O-alkyl ether, for example, a methoxyethyl or an ethoxymethyl group.
- “Aryloxyl” refers to an aryl-O— group wherein the aryl group is as previously described, including a substituted aryl. The term “aryloxyl” as used herein can refer to phenyloxyl or hexyloxyl, and alkyl, substituted alkyl, halo, or alkoxyl substituted phenyloxyl or hexyloxyl.
- “Aralkyl” refers to an aryl-alkyl-group wherein aryl and alkyl are as previously described, and included substituted aryl and substituted alkyl. Exemplary aralkyl groups include benzyl, phenylethyl, and naphthylmethyl.
- “Aralkyloxyl” refers to an aralkyl-O— group wherein the aralkyl group is as previously described. An exemplary aralkyloxyl group is benzyloxyl, i.e., C6H5—CH2—O—. An aralkyloxyl group can optionally be substituted.
- “Alkoxycarbonyl” refers to an alkyl-O—C(═O)— group. Exemplary alkoxycarbonyl groups include methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, butyloxycarbonyl, and tert-butyloxycarbonyl.
- “Aryloxycarbonyl” refers to an aryl-O—C(═O)— group. Exemplary aryloxycarbonyl groups include phenoxy- and naphthoxy-carbonyl.
- “Aralkoxycarbonyl” refers to an aralkyl-O—C(═O)— group. An exemplary aralkoxycarbonyl group is benzyloxycarbonyl.
- “Carbamoyl” refers to an amide group of the formula —C(═O)NH2. “Alkylcarbamoyl” refers to a R′RN—C(═O)— group wherein one of R and R′ is hydrogen and the other of R and R′ is alkyl and/or substituted alkyl as previously described. “Dialkylcarbamoyl” refers to a R′RN—C(═O)— group wherein each of R and R′ is independently alkyl and/or substituted alkyl as previously described.
- The term carbonyldioxyl, as used herein, refers to a carbonate group of the formula —O—C(═O)—OR.
- “Acyloxyl” refers to an acyl-O— group wherein acyl is as previously described.
- The term “amino” refers to the —NH2 group and also refers to a nitrogen containing group as is known in the art derived from ammonia by the replacement of one or more hydrogen radicals by organic radicals. For example, the terms “acylamino” and “alkylamino” refer to specific N-substituted organic radicals with acyl and alkyl substituent groups respectively.
- An “aminoalkyl” as used herein refers to an amino group covalently bound to an alkylene linker. More particularly, the terms alkylamino, dialkylamino, and trialkylamino as used herein refer to one, two, or three, respectively, alkyl groups, as previously defined, attached to the parent molecular moiety through a nitrogen atom. The term alkylamino refers to a group having the structure —NHR′ wherein R′ is an alkyl group, as previously defined; whereas the term dialkylamino refers to a group having the structure —NR′R″, wherein R′ and R″ are each independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl groups. The term trialkylamino refers to a group having the structure —NR′R″R′″, wherein R′, R″, and R′″ are each independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl groups. Additionally, R′, R″, and/or R′″ taken together may optionally be —(CH2)k— where k is an integer from 2 to 6. Examples include, but are not limited to, methylamino, dimethylamino, ethylamino, diethylamino, diethylaminocarbonyl, methylethylamino, isopropylamino, piperidino, trimethylamino, and propylamino.
- The amino group is —NR′R″, wherein R′ and R″ are typically selected from hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- The terms alkylthioether and thioalkoxyl refer to a saturated (i.e., alkyl-S—) or unsaturated (i.e., alkenyl-S— and alkynyl-S—) group attached to the parent molecular moiety through a sulfur atom. Examples of thioalkoxyl moieties include, but are not limited to, methylthio, ethylthio, propylthio, isopropylthio, n-butylthio, and the like.
- “Acylamino” refers to an acyl-NH— group wherein acyl is as previously described. “Aroylamino” refers to an aroyl-NH— group wherein aroyl is as previously described.
- The term “carbonyl” refers to the —C(═O)— group, and can include an aldehyde group represented by the general formula R—C(═O)H.
- The term “carboxyl” refers to the —COOH group. Such groups also are referred to herein as a “carboxylic acid” moiety.
- The terms “halo,” “halide,” or “halogen” as used herein refer to fluoro, chloro, bromo, and iodo groups. Additionally, terms such as “haloalkyl,” are meant to include monohaloalkyl and polyhaloalkyl. For example, the term “halo(C1-C4)alkyl” is mean to include, but not be limited to, trifluoromethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 4-chlorobutyl, 3-bromopropyl, and the like.
- The term “hydroxyl” refers to the —OH group.
- The term “hydroxyalkyl” refers to an alkyl group substituted with an —OH group.
- The term “mercapto” refers to the —SH group.
- The term “oxo” as used herein means an oxygen atom that is double bonded to a carbon atom or to another element.
- The term “nitro” refers to the —NO2 group.
- The term “thio” refers to a compound described previously herein wherein a carbon or oxygen atom is replaced by a sulfur atom.
- The term “sulfate” refers to the —SO4 group.
- The term thiohydroxyl or thiol, as used herein, refers to a group of the formula —SH.
- More particularly, the term “sulfide” refers to compound having a group of the formula —SR.
- The term “sulfone” refers to compound having a sulfonyl group —S(O2)R.
- The term “sulfoxide” refers to a compound having a sulfinyl group —S(O)R
- The term ureido refers to a urea group of the formula —NH—CO—NH2.
- The term “protecting group” in reference to compounds of formula (I) refers to a chemical substituent which can be selectively removed by readily available reagents which do not attack the regenerated functional group or other functional groups in the molecule. Suitable protecting groups are known in the art and continue to be developed. Suitable protecting groups may be found, for example in Wutz et al. (“Greene's Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, Fourth Edition,” Wiley-Interscience, 2007). Protecting groups for protection of the carboxyl group, as described by Wutz et al. (pages 533-643), are used in certain embodiments. In some embodiments, the protecting group is removable by treatment with acid. Representative examples of protecting groups include, but are not limited to, benzyl, p-methoxybenzyl (PMB), tertiary butyl (t-Bu), methoxymethyl (MOM), methoxyethoxymethyl (MEM), methylthiomethyl (MTM), tetrahydropyranyl (THP), tetrahydrofuranyl (THF), benzyloxymethyl (BOM), trimethylsilyl (TMS), triethylsilyl (TES), t-butyldimethylsilyl (TBDMS), and triphenylmethyl (trityl, Tr). Persons skilled in the art will recognize appropriate situations in which protecting groups are required and will be able to select an appropriate protecting group for use in a particular circumstance.
- Throughout the specification and claims, a given chemical formula or name shall encompass all tautomers, congeners, and optical- and stereoisomers, as well as racemic mixtures where such isomers and mixtures exist.
- Certain compounds of the present disclosure may possess asymmetric carbon atoms (optical or chiral centers) or double bonds; the enantiomers, racemates, diastereomers, tautomers, geometric isomers, stereoisometric forms that may be defined, in terms of absolute stereochemistry, as (R)-or (S)- or, as D- or L- for amino acids, and individual isomers are encompassed within the scope of the present disclosure. The compounds of the present disclosure do not include those which are known in art to be too unstable to synthesize and/or isolate. The present disclosure is meant to include compounds in racemic, scalemic, and optically pure forms. Optically active (R)- and (S)-, or D- and L-isomers may be prepared using chiral synthons or chiral reagents, or resolved using conventional techniques. When the compounds described herein contain olefenic bonds or other centers of geometric asymmetry, and unless specified otherwise, it is intended that the compounds include both E and Z geometric isomers.
- Unless otherwise stated, structures depicted herein are also meant to include all stereochemical forms of the structure; i.e., the R and S configurations for each asymmetric center. Therefore, single stereochemical isomers as well as enantiomeric and diastereomeric mixtures of the present compounds are within the scope of the disclosure.
- It will be apparent to one skilled in the art that certain compounds of this disclosure may exist in tautomeric forms, all such tautomeric forms of the compounds being within the scope of the disclosure. The term “tautomer,” as used herein, refers to one of two or more structural isomers which exist in equilibrium and which are readily converted from one isomeric form to another.
- Unless otherwise stated, structures depicted herein are also meant to include compounds which differ only in the presence of one or more isotopically enriched atoms. For example, compounds having the present structures with the replacement of a hydrogen by a deuterium or tritium, or the replacement of a carbon by 13C- or 14C-enriched carbon are within the scope of this disclosure.
- The compounds of the present disclosure may also contain unnatural proportions of atomic isotopes at one or more of atoms that constitute such compounds. For example, the compounds may be radiolabeled with radioactive isotopes, such as for example tritium (3H), iodine-125 (125I) or carbon-14 (14C). All isotopic variations of the compounds of the present disclosure, whether radioactive or not, are encompassed within the scope of the present disclosure.
- The compounds of the present disclosure may exist as salts. The present disclosure includes such salts. Examples of applicable salt forms include hydrochlorides, hydrobromides, sulfates, methanesulfonates, nitrates, maleates, acetates, citrates, fumarates, tartrates (e.g. (+)-tartrates, (−)-tartrates or mixtures thereof including racemic mixtures, succinates, benzoates and salts with amino acids such as glutamic acid. These salts may be prepared by methods known to those skilled in art. Also included are base addition salts such as sodium, potassium, calcium, ammonium, organic amino, or magnesium salt, or a similar salt. When compounds of the present disclosure contain relatively basic functionalities, acid addition salts can be obtained by contacting the neutral form of such compounds with a sufficient amount of the desired acid, either neat or in a suitable inert solvent or by ion exchange. Examples of acceptable acid addition salts include those derived from inorganic acids like hydrochloric, hydrobromic, nitric, carbonic, monohydrogencarbonic, phosphoric, monohydrogenphosphoric, dihydrogenphosphoric, sulfuric, monohydrogensulfuric, hydriodic, or phosphorous acids and the like, as well as the salts derived organic acids like acetic, propionic, isobutyric, maleic, malonic, benzoic, succinic, suberic, fumaric, lactic, mandelic, phthalic, benzenesulfonic, p-tolylsulfonic, citric, tartaric, methanesulfonic, and the like. Also included are salts of amino acids such as arginate and the like, and salts of organic acids like glucuronic or galactunoric acids and the like. Certain specific compounds of the present disclosure contain both basic and acidic functionalities that allow the compounds to be converted into either base or acid addition salts.
- The neutral forms of the compounds may be regenerated by contacting the salt with a base or acid and isolating the parent compound in the conventional manner. The parent form of the compound differs from the various salt forms in certain physical properties, such as solubility in polar solvents.
- Certain compounds of the present disclosure can exist in unsolvated forms as well as solvated forms, including hydrated forms. In general, the solvated forms are equivalent to unsolvated forms and are encompassed within the scope of the present disclosure. Certain compounds of the present disclosure may exist in multiple crystalline or amorphous forms. In general, all physical forms are equivalent for the uses contemplated by the present disclosure and are intended to be within the scope of the present disclosure.
- In addition to salt forms, the present disclosure provides compounds, which are in a prodrug form. Prodrugs of the compounds described herein are those compounds that readily undergo chemical changes under physiological conditions to provide the compounds of the present disclosure. Additionally, prodrugs can be converted to the compounds of the present disclosure by chemical or biochemical methods in an ex vivo environment. For example, prodrugs can be slowly converted to the compounds of the present disclosure when placed in a transdermal patch reservoir with a suitable enzyme or chemical reagent.
- Following long-standing patent law convention, the terms “a,” “an,” and “the” refer to “one or more” when used in this application, including the claims. Thus, for example, reference to “a subject” includes a plurality of subjects, unless the context clearly is to the contrary (e.g., a plurality of subjects), and so forth.
- Throughout this specification and the claims, the terms “comprise,” “comprises,” and “comprising” are used in a non-exclusive sense, except where the context requires otherwise. Likewise, the term “include” and its grammatical variants are intended to be non-limiting, such that recitation of items in a list is not to the exclusion of other like items that can be substituted or added to the listed items.
- For the purposes of this specification and appended claims, unless otherwise indicated, all numbers expressing amounts, sizes, dimensions, proportions, shapes, formulations, parameters, percentages, quantities, characteristics, and other numerical values used in the specification and claims, are to be understood as being modified in all instances by the term “about” even though the term “about” may not expressly appear with the value, amount or range. Accordingly, unless indicated to the contrary, the numerical parameters set forth in the following specification and attached claims are not and need not be exact, but may be approximate and/or larger or smaller as desired, reflecting tolerances, conversion factors, rounding off, measurement error and the like, and other factors known to those of skill in the art depending on the desired properties sought to be obtained by the presently disclosed subject matter. For example, the term “about,” when referring to a value can be meant to encompass variations of, in some embodiments, ±100% in some embodiments ±50%, in some embodiments ±20%, in some embodiments ±10%, in some embodiments ±5%, in some embodiments ±1%, in some embodiments ±0.5%, and in some embodiments ±0.1% from the specified amount, as such variations are appropriate to perform the disclosed methods or employ the disclosed compositions.
- Further, the term “about” when used in connection with one or more numbers or numerical ranges, should be understood to refer to all such numbers, including all numbers in a range and modifies that range by extending the boundaries above and below the numerical values set forth. The recitation of numerical ranges by endpoints includes all numbers, e.g., whole integers, including fractions thereof, subsumed within that range (for example, the recitation of 1 to 5 includes 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5, as well as fractions thereof, e.g., 1.5, 2.25, 3.75, 4.1, and the like) and any range within that range.
- The following Examples have been included to provide guidance to one of ordinary skill in the art for practicing representative embodiments of the presently disclosed subject matter. In light of the present disclosure and the general level of skill in the art, those of skill can appreciate that the following Examples are intended to be exemplary only and that numerous changes, modifications, and alterations can be employed without departing from the scope of the presently disclosed subject matter. The synthetic descriptions and specific examples that follow are only intended for the purposes of illustration, and are not to be construed as limiting in any manner to make compounds of the disclosure by other methods.
- The use of PSMA binding ureas conjugated to chelated radiometals via various linking groups for imaging and possible radiotherapy of PSMA expressing tumors have been previously reported in several patent applications and publications (Tykvart et al. (2015) Journal of medicinal chemistry 58, 4357-63; Banerjee et al. (2015) Journal of
nuclear medicine 56, 628-34; Benesova et al. (2015) Journal ofnuclear medicine 56, 914-20; Weineisen et al. (2014)EJNMMI Res 4, 1-15; WO 2009002529 A2; WO 2009070302 A1). A new class of high affinity binding agent has been prepared by modifying the urea linker at epsilon amine position with p-Br-benzyl group. Structures of the presently disclosed compounds are shown inFIG. 1 . - Without wishing to be bound to any one particular theory, it is believed that radiometal-chelated Glu-Lysine urea-based theranostic agents targeting prostate-specific membrane antigen (PSMA), when modified with p-Br-benzyl group on the epsilon amino group of lysine of Lys-Glu-urea moiety, demonstrate high binding affinity for PSMA and high uptake in PSMA-expressing tumors and low renal uptake in standard mouse model of prostate cancer. One embodiment, 177Lu-1, showed significant radiotherapeutic efficacy, about 50% remission of PSMA+ PC3 tumor bearing mice.
- Chemical Synthesis of 8. The synthesis of
compound 1 is described inScheme 1. Bromobenzaldehyde (121.0 mg, 0.654 mmol) was slowly added to a stirred solution of Boc-protected urea, 4, (300.0 mg, 0.615 mmol) in 5 ml of methanol at ice-cold bath and allowed to warm to room temperature. After one hour, sodium cyanoborohydride (158.0 mg, 2.5 mmol) was added and the reaction was left to stir overnight. Crude reaction mixture was evaporated, redissolved in dichloromethane, purified by normal phase silica chromatography (95:5, methylene chloride:methanol), and dried in vacuo to provide 5 in good yield. Yield: 80%. ESI-MS: 656.56 [M+H]+, found: 656.5. TSTU (32.6 mg, 108 μmol), Boc-5-aminovaleric acid (23.5 mg, 108 μmol), and DIPEA (37.7 μL, 216 μmol) were dissolved in 300 μL DMF and stirred at room temperature. After one hour, compound 5 (71.0 mg, 108 μmol) was added with three rinses of DMF (50 μL each). The reaction mixture was stirred for four hours and stored at 4° C. overnight. Crude reaction mixture was purified by semi-preparative HPLC on C18 column (40% water (0.1 TFA)/60% ACN (0.1 TFA)/for 5 min, 60-90% over 20 minutes.R t 21 minutes. Purified fractions were combined, evaporated, and dried under high vacuum for 10 minutes. ESI-MS: 572.44 [M+H]+, found: 572.4.Compound 6 was dissolved in dichloromethane (1.5 mL) and chilled in an ice bath. After equilibration, TFA (1.5 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred for 3 hours allowing to warm to room temperature in the process. Mixture was spurge to dryness under a nitrogen stream, dissolved in water, and lyophilized to yield 31.8 mg of compound 7. Yield: 54 μmol, 54%. p-SCN-bn-DOTA (12.2 mg, 17.7 μmol) was added to a stirred solution of 6 (12.2 mg of TFA salt) and DIPEA (15.2 μL, 87.0 μmol) in DMSO (130 μL) equilibrated to 40° C. Reaction mixture was stirred at 40° C. for four hours and stored at 4° C. overnight. Reaction mixture was purified by reverse phase HPLC (hold 20% ACN for 5 min, then 20-40% over 19 minutes). Rt approximately 12 minutes. Purified fractions were combined, rotoevaporated to decrease volume, and then lyopholized. ESI-MS: 1138.37 [M+H]+, found: 1138.5. Thecompound 1 was further purified by HPLC with gradient method The HPLC method is a gradient method containing a mobile phase 88% water (containing 0.1% TFA) and 22% CH3CN (0.1% TFA) for 1-5 min followed by 0-5 min water 88% water (containing 0.1% TFA) and 12% CH3CN (0.1% TFA), and from 5-25 min 88% water to 44% water and 12% acetonitrile to 56% acetonitrile with flow rate 8 m/min. - Chemical Synthesis of 2. This compound was synthesized by using the same intermediate 7 and conjugated with a commercially available DOTA-NHS ester. ESI-MS: 974.86. [M+H]+, found: 974.5
- Chemical Synthesis of 3. This compound was synthesized by using the intermediate 4 and coupled with commercially available Boc-5-aminovaleric acid and DOTA-NHS ester. ESI-MS: 970.05[M+H]+, found: 970.1.
- Radiolableing of 177Lu-1. 1.0 μl of 177LuCl3 (1 mCi) in 0.1 N HCl was added 70 μl NH4OAc buffer (0.2 M, pH 4) and to 5 μl of 2 mM in 0.2M NH4OAc. The pH of the mixture was about 4.0. The mixture was kept at 80° C. for an hour and purified by HPLC. The HPLC method is a gradient method containing a mobile phase 77% water (containing 0.1% TFA) and 23% CH3CN (0.1% TFA) for 1-5 min followed by 5-25 min water, 77% to 57% and acetonitrile, 23% to 43%; 25.01-30
min water 5% to 5% and acetonitrile, 95% to 95%, 30.01 to 37 min, water 77% to 77% and acetonitrile, 23% to 23%. Flow rate: 1.0 ml/min; λ: 200 nm, and a C8 column (25×4.6 mm), Varian microsob-MV 100-5. Radiolabeled 177Lu-1 was eluted at 17.1-20 min whereas unlabeled chelating agent was eluted at 21-22 min. - The HPLC method was used to prepare 177Lu-1 and 177Lu-7: The HPLC method is a gradient method containing a mobile phase 88% water (containing 0.1% TFA) and 22% CH3CN (0.1% TFA) for 1-5 min followed by 5-27 min water, 88% to 75% and acetonitrile, 12% to 25%; 27.01-32
min water 5% to 5% and acetonitrile, 95% to 95%, 32.01 to 37 min, water 88% to 18% and acetonitrile, 12% to 22%. Flow rate: 1.0 ml/min; λ: 200 nm, and a C8 column (25×4.6 mm), Varian microsob-MV 100-5. Radiolabeled 177Lu-2 was eluted at 13.1-15.0 min whereas unlabeled chelating agent was eluted at 16-17 min. Radiolabeled 177Lu-3 was eluted at 13.1-15.0 min whereas unlabeled chelating agent was eluted at 10-12 min a 18-20 min and the unlabeled agent came 14-16 min. - Chemical and Radiochemical Syntheses and Characterization. p-Bromobenzyl group modified of Glu-Lys urea (2) was prepared by reductive alkylation of 2 with p-Bromobenzaldehyde in presence of sodium cyanoborohydride in methanol in good yield to provide 4 following a literature procedure (Tykvart et al. (2015) Journal of medicinal chemistry 58, 4357-63). A small aliphatic linker, Boc-5-aminovaleric acid was coupled on the same ϵ-Lys amine of 4 followed by removal of BOC group and conjugation with commercially available DOTA-Bn-SCN with 6 to provide 1 in moderate yield. The
compound 2 was synthesized by using DOTA-NHS ester as the chelating agent and coupling with thesame intermediate 6.Compound 3 was synthesized as a control agent, without any p-Bromobenzyl group. All three agents were radiolabeled with 177Lu in good yield and purity atpH 4 in ammonium acetate buffer at 80° C. Binding affinities of the new compounds are listed in Table 1. Both 1 and 2 modified with p-Bromo-benzyl group showed higher binding affinity compared to 3. -
TABLE 1 Binding affinities of the representative agents Compound 1 2 3 ZJ43 (for 2) ZJ43 (for 1, 3) IC50 (nM) 0.57 nM 0.64 nM 2.16 nM 1.91 nM 2.7 nM Ki (nM) 1.15 nM 1.28 nM 0.43 nM 0.38 nM 0.66 nM ClogD −4.6 −3.5 −4.1 nd nd LogPoct/water −3.0 −3.53 −3.2 nd nd Polar 359 327 368 nd nd Surface area - Cell-Binding properties. The 177Lu agents were further evaluated in cells and animals using standard isogenic cell lines PSMA+ PC3 PIP and PSMA-negative PC3 flu cells. Both 177Lu-1 and 177Lu-2 demonstrated higher uptake in PSMA+ PC3 cells compared to 177Lu-3. Further internalization studies revealed that 177Lu-1 has higher nearly 2-fold higher internalized activity compared to 177Lu-3. All three agents showed significantly low uptake in PSMA-negative PC3 flu cells. The 177Lu-1 was further evaluated for treatment efficacy in a clonogenic assay and compared with previous lead compound SR6 (Banerjee et al. (2015) Journal of
nuclear medicine 56, 628-34) and agents in the clinical trials including 177Lu-PSMA-617 (Benesova et al. (2015) Journal ofnuclear medicine 56, 914-20) and 177Lu PSMA-I&T (Weineisen et al. (2014)EJNMMI Res 4, 1-15). 177Lu-1 was able to produce about 100% cell killing efficacy using 10 μCi dose in PSMA+ PC3 PIP cells whereas no significant toxicity was seen for PSMA− PC3 flu cells. -
TABLE 2 Cell binding properties of the agents at 4 h incubation (values are expressed as per cent incubated dose per one million cells) (n = 3) Compound 177Lu-1 177Lu-2 177Lu-3 Cell uptake 42.60 40.6 24.50 PSMA + PC3 PIP Cell uptake 0.09 0.12 0.05 PSMA − PC3 flu Internalization 15.88 n.d. 8.75 (cell lysate) Cell surface 27.68 n.d. 12.50 - Biodistribution. In vivo tissue biodistribution studies were done for 177Lu-1 and 177Lu-2 and are listed in Table 3 and 4. 177Lu-1 showed higher uptake and retention in PSMA+ PC3 PIP tumor uptake than 177Lu-2. Significantly 177Lu-2 agent showed 5-fold lower renal uptake than 177Lu-1 and as shown in
FIG. 3 tumor/kidney of the presently disclosed compounds were compared with previous lead 177Lu-SR6, 177Lu-PSMA-617 and 177Lu-PSMA-I&T. The PSMA+ PC3 PIP tumor-to-kidney ratio for 177Lu-2 was higher than 177Lu-1. Due to the higher tumor uptake and retention, 177Lu-1 was further evaluated for theranostic efficacy (imaging and therapeutic effect) in a pilot study using a small group of animals. -
TABLE 3 In vivo tissue biodistribution of 177Lu-1, Values expressed as percent injected dose per gram ± standard deviation) (N = 4) Tissue 2 h 24 h 48 h 72 h Blood 0.68 ± 0.25 0.01 ± 0.01 0.00 ± 0.01 0.00 ± 0.04 Heart 0.28 ± 0.08 0.02 ± 0.05 0.01 ± 0.00 0.01 ± 0.00 Lung 1.12 ± 0.33 0.06 ± 0.01 0.04 ± 0.01 0.04 ± 0.02 Liver 0.39 ± 0.13 0.11 ± 0.01 0.09 ± 0.02 0.07 ± 0.00 Stomach 0.87 ± 0.63 0.04 ± 0.01 0.05 ± 0.04 0.04 ± 0.00 Pancreas 0.28 ± 0.09 0.02 ± 0.00 0.01 ± 0.01 0.01 ± 0.00 Spleen 3.76 ± 0.70 0.15 ± 0.05 0.08 ± 0.03 0.08 ± 0.02 Fat 0.35 ± 0.10 0.08 ± 0.15 0.01 ± 0.01 0.06 ± 0.07 Kidney 87.10 ± 25.99 1.65 ± 0.30 1.02 ± 0.58 0.62 ± 0.04 Muscle 0.68 ± 0.98 0.01 ± 0.00 0.00 ± 0.00 0.02 ± 0.02 Sm. Int. 0.51 ± 0.32 0.03 ± 0.01 0.02 ± 0.00 0.02 ± 0.01 Sal. Gl 1.09 ± 0.08 0.09 ± 0.02 0.05 ± 0.03 0.05 ± 0.02 Bladder 3.39 ± 2.78 0.31 ± 0.13 0.12 ± 0.07 0.06 ± 0.03 PC-3 PIP 55.04 ± 7.23 40.61 ± 7.00 27.00 ± 7.03 24.90 ± 2.27 PC-3 Hu 0.39 ± 0.03 0.10 ± 0.02 0.05 ± 0.01 0.06 ± 0.01 -
TABLE 4 In vivo tissue biodistribution of 177Lu-2, Values expressed as percent injected dose per gram + standard deviation (N = 4) Tissue 2 h 24 h 48 h Blood 0.81 ± 0.80 0.01 ± 0.01 0.00 ± 0.00 Heart 0.31 ± 0.19 0.02 ± 0.01 0.01 ± 0.01 Lung 0.39 ± 0.13 0.02 ± 0.00 0.02 ± 0.00 Liver 0.19 ± 0.05 0.04 ± 0.01 0.04 ± 0.00 Stomach 7.95 ± 4.17 0.03 ± 0.02 0.03 ± 0.01 Pancreas 0.19 ± 0.08 0.02 ± 0.02 0.01 ± 0.00 Spleen 1.10 ± 0.62 0.05 ± 0.02 0.04 ± 0.01 Fat 0.70 ± 0.54 0.11 ± 0.10 0.03 ± 0.04 Kidney 14.04 ± 8.19 0.73 ± 0.70 0.24 ± 0.07 Muscle 0.20 ± 0.05 0.01 ± 0.00 0.00 ± 0.00 Sm. Int. 2.02 ± 2.86 0.06 ± 0.09 0.02 ± 0.00 Salivary gland 0.89 ± 0.51 0.04 ± 0.02 0.02 ± 0.01 Bladder 3.48 ± 1.66 0.17 ± 0.06 0.08 ± 0.02 Bone 0.46 ± 0.10 0.10 ± 0.01 0.08 ± 0.02 PC-3 PIP 43.18 ± 5.32 24.76 ± 5.13 20.13 ± 3.35 PC-3 Flu 0.29 ± 0.02 0.08 ± 0.04 0.05 ± 0.01 - Small Animal SPECT Imaging and Therapeutic Effect.
FIG. 4 shows SPECT imaging of 177Lu-1 during treatment studies for 1-8 days post-injection. A single dose of 3 mCi was injected via tail-vain injection in mice (n=10) bearing PSMA+ PC3 PIP tumor (size 3-5 mm). Saline was injected to another group of mice (n=10) for control study. Mice were monitored for body weight tumor size measure for two times per week. The control group of mice was euthanized after 4-8 weeks as the size of tumors over were >12 mm. For the treatment group, 50% of mice showed complete eradication of tumors. These mice were initially gone through an initial body weight which was regained after 2 weeks. Results are shown inFIG. 5 .FIG. 6A andFIG. 6B demonstrated therapeutic efficacy (decrease in tumor volume) of 177Lu-1 compared to the control group using saline. Five mice are showed complete remission of the disease, and surviving for more than five months. - In summary, the radiometal-chelated Glu-Lysine urea-based theranostic agents targeting prostate-specific membrane antigen (PSMA) when modified with p-Br-benzyl group on the epsilon amino group of lysine of Lys-Glu-urea moiety demonstrated high binding affinity for PSMA and high uptake in PSMA-expressing tumors and low renal uptake in standard mouse model of prostate cancer. One representative compounds, 177Lu-1, showed significant radiotherapeutic efficacy, about 50% remission of PSMA+ PC3 tumor bearing mice.
- PSMA-Based High-LET Agents for Prostate Cancer Overview. In some embodiments, the presently disclosed subject matter relates to the pharmacokinetic optimization of radiometal-based agents targeting PSMA. Previous work in this area is described in international PCT patent application publication numbers WO2009/002529 A2 and WO2010/108125A2, each of which is incorporated by reference in their entirety. More particularly, in some embodiments, the presently disclosed subject matter provides PSMA-targeted low-molecular-weight (LMW) theranostic agents labeled with an α-emitting radiometal including, but not limited to, 213Bi (t1/2 46 min, Emean 8.4 MeV), 212Pb (t1/2 10.6 h, Emean 7.8 MeV), and 225Ac (t1/2 10 d,
E mean 6 MeV, 4α), with a goal of reducing off-target effects that currently hamper widespread dissemination of this promising therapy. - The presently disclosed rationally designed α-emitting agents and methods of use thereof have been developed through an in-depth investigation with careful attention to pharmacokinetics (PK), physical half-life of the radiometals, and by receptor blockade to reduce normal tissue uptake. The guidance of α-camera imaging has been utilized to quickly identify the sub-organ localization (hot-spots) and their blockade prior to the therapeutic studies.
- Accordingly, in some embodiments, the presently disclosed subject matter includes radiometal-chelated Glu-Lysine urea-based theranostic agents modified with a p-Br-benzyl group on the epsilon amino group of the lysine of the Lys-Glu-urea moiety targeting prostate-specific membrane antigen (PSMA). These compounds exhibit a higher binding affinity for PSMA and showed significantly lower renal uptake and high tumor uptake in PSMA-expressing tumors in a standard mouse model of prostate cancer. These optimized agents have been radiolabeled with the highly toxic radiometals 213Bi, 212Pb, and 225Ac.
-
- The ligand was synthesized as provided hereinabove. The following compounds also could be synthesized by the presently disclosed methods:
- Radiolabeling of 213Bi-1/225Ac-1/203Pb-1. All radiolabeled compounds were prepared following a general method as described for 213Bi-1. 213Bi was eluted from an 225Ac/213Bi-generator produced by Oak Ridge National Laboratory. Freshly eluted 213Bi (18.2 MBq) was added to 10 μg of 1 solution and was adjusted to 4 to 5 using 3M NH4OAc solution. The solution was heated in a microwave oven for 5 minutes at 95° C. for 5 min at
power 40 watt. Next, a 10 μL of 1 mM Na-DTPA solution was added to complex-free 213Bi. The specific activity of 213Bi-1 was >7.4 MBq/μg for all experiments. 213Bi-1 was purified using a Phenomenex C18 Luna 10×250 mm2 column and a Varian Prostar System (Palo Alto, Calif.), equipped with a Varian ProStar 325 UV-Vis variable wavelength detector and a Bioscan (Poway, Calif.) Flowcount in-line radioactivity detector, all controlled by Galaxie software. Flow rate was 1 mL/min with water (0.1% TFA) (A) and CH3CN (0.1% TFA) (B) as the eluting solvents. To ensure uniform purity isocratic solution of 80% A and 20% B was used to separate excess ligand from the radiolabeled compound. The specific radioactivity was calculated as the ratio of the radioactivity eluting at the retention time of product during the preparative HPLC purification to the mass corresponding to the area under the curve of the UV absorption. The purity of tested compounds as determined by analytical HPLC with absorbance at 254 nm was >95%. Radiolabeling yield was also assessed using Silica Gel instant TLC (ITLC) with 0.9% sodium chloride as the mobile phase. The radiolabeled samples were diluted with 10 mM diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid (DTPA) at a pH of approximately 4. Three microliters of the diluted sample were spotted on an ITLC silica gel strip and allowed to develop in a chromatography chamber. Upon completion of the migration to the solvent front, the ITLC sample strips were allowed to dry, cut in half, and counted on a Wallac Wizard γ-counter (Perkin-Elmer, Boston, Mass.) to determine the radiolabeling yield. Radiochemical purity was assessed via high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) analysis. - In vitro and in vivo characterization are shown in
FIGS. 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, and 12 . Table 5 shows the biodistribution of 225Ac-1. -
TABLE 5 Biodistribution of 225Ac-1. 225Ac-1 2 h 8 h 24 h 48 h 72 h 96 h 120 h 8 d Blood 0.3 ± 0.3 0.1 ± 0.1 0.1 ± 0.0 0.1 ± 0.2 0.0 ± 0.1 0.1 ± 0.2 0.1 ± 0.1 0.0 ± 0.1 Heart 1.7 ± 2.3 0.4 ± 0.1 0.2 ± 0.1 0.1 ± 0.0 0.1 ± 0.1 0.1 ± 0.1 0.0 ± 0.0 0.0 ± 0.0 Lung 1.1 ± 0.6 0.4 ± 0.1 0.2 ± 0.0 0.1 ± 0.1 0.1 ± 0.0 0.1 ± 0.0 0.0 ± 0.0 0.0 ± 0.0 Liver 2.7 ± 1.7 3.9 ± 1.1 3.1 ± 0.8 1.9 ± 0.9 1.6 ± 0.4 2.7 ± 1.0 1.9 ± 0.5 2.1 ± 0.4 Stomach 0.9 ± 0.7 0.4 ± 0.2 0.4 ± 0.1 0.1 ± 0.1 0.1 ± 0.1 0.1 ± 0.1 0.1 ± 0.0 0.0 ± 0.1 Pancreas 0.6 ± 0.6 0.1 ± 0.0 0.0 ± 0.0 0.0 ± 0.0 0.0 ± 0.1 0.0 ± 0.0 0.1 ± 0.1 0.0 ± 0.0 Spleen 1.4 ± 1.2 0.6 ± 0.2 0.5 ± 0.5 0.4 ± 0.1 0.2 ± 0.3 0.5 ± 0.2 0.2 ± 0.1 0.3 ± 0.5 Fat 0.3 ± 0.3 0.2 ± 0.3 0.3 ± 0.1 0.2 ± 0.2 0.1 ± 0.1 0.1 ± 0.1 0.0 ± 0.0 0.0 ± 0.1 Kidney 27.5 ± 14.9 3.1 ± 0.9 1.5 ± 0.5 0.5 ± 0.4 0.5 ± 0.3 0.6 ± 0.4 0.3 ± 0.1 0.2 ± 0.2 Muscle 0.3 ± 0.2 0.1 ± 0.0 0.1 ± 0.1 0.1 ± 0.0 0.0 ± 0.1 0.0 ± 0.0 0.0 ± 0.0 0.0 ± 0.1 Sm. Int. 0.6 ± 0.4 0.3 ± 0.1 0.5 ± 0.5 0.1 ± 0.1 0.2 ± 0.2 0.0 ± 0.2 0.1 ± 0.1 0.3 ± 0.5 Sal. Glands 0.3 ± 0.1 0.1 ± 0.0 0.2 ± 0.1 0.1 ± 0.1 0.0 ± 0.1 0.1 ± 0.1 0.0 ± 0.0 0.0 ± 0.0 Bladder 2.4 ± 2.7 0.2 ± 0.1 0.5 ± 0.5 0.5 ± 0.4 0.0 ± 0.2 1.0 ± 1.3 0.0 ± 0.1 0.1 ± 0.2 Bone 0.8 ± 0.5 2.1 ± 1.0 0.5 ± 0.3 0.5 ± 0.4 0.2 ± 0.2 0.5 ± 0.4 0.5 ± 0.3 0.3 ± 0.3 PC-3 PIP 45.8 ± 17.9 44.5 ± 12.9 49.0 ± 17.9 22.0 ± 7.5 18.3 ± 4.1 19.2 ± 6.4 12.6 ± 3.2 10.0 ± 2.2 PC-3 Flu 0.6 ± 0.2 0.2 ± 0.1 0.3 ± 0.2 0.3 ± 0.2 0.1 ± 0.1 0.1 ± 0.1 0.1 ± 0.0 0.1 ± 0.1 Laclm Gln 1.1 ± 1.1 0.5 ± 0.5 0.3 ± 0.2 0.2 ± 0.2 0.1 ± 0.2 0.1 ± 0.2 0.0 ± 0.1 0.1 ± 0.1 - Development of receptor blockade for normal organs. The blocking effect of 1 was quantified in normal tissues using 177Lu-1. A drastic reduction of renal uptake was observed while maintaining high uptake in PSMA(+) tumors (
FIG. 12 ). Although lowering of salivary gland uptake was observed in these blocking studies, the results were not statistically significant, likely due to high experimental error associated with very low uptake (<0.5% at 2 h) for 177Lu-1. - Blocking strategies. All blocking studies will be performed using a best performing 225Ac-labeled agent (e.g., 225Ac-1) due to its long half-life and related toxicity due to decayed daughters 213Bi and 221Fr. These daughters, once formed, are unlikely to associate with the chelate construct due to high atomic recoil-energy as a result of α-decay. Without wishing to be bound to any one particular theory, it is thought that acute salivary gland toxicity caused by 225Ac-PSMA-617 is most likely due to PSMA-based internalization of the agent followed by daughter release in striated duct or acini. Both biodistribution data and α-camera imaging will be used to interpret the data. Different pharmacologic agents will be evaluated to avoid renal and salivary gland radio toxicity. In addition to com-injection, it will be investigated whether 15 min of 30 min pre-injection blockade will provide any significant change due to the short blood half-life of the agent. Two or three effective blocking formulations will be combined to check if a combined formulation displays any improvement.
- The following experiments can be carried out within the scope of the presently disclosed subject matter:
- A receptor blockading (self-blocking) experiment, for example,
free ligand 1 for 225Ac-1 (as inFIG. 12 ); - A competitive blocking with dithiol chelating to scavenge 213Bi in PSMA-expressing normal tissues to provide synergistic receptor blockade and metal-ion capture;
- Use of dithiol chelating agent to remove free 213Bi by employing 2,3-dimercapto-1-propanesulfonic acid (DMPS) off target effect as DMPS since dithiol chelators have been shown to enhance 213Bi or other heavy metal excretion in various animal, as well as human, studies;
- Francium (Fr), is an alkali metal like sodium and potassium, and therefore may be absorbed by salivary glands ducts by Na+/K+/2Cl− co-transporter (NKCC1) transporter, a key transporter, for acinar cells fluid and electrolyte secretion. Therefore, FDA-approved diuretics furosemide and bumetanide can be used to accelerate the elimination of 221Fr by preventing its reabsorption similar like Na+ and K+ as reported; and
- Competitive metal blocking by bismuth subnitrate suspension (100 mg/kg) as reported. The effectiveness of competitive metal blockade either 213Bi or cold Bi+3 uptake or its binding sites (metallothionein-like proteins) in the renal tubular cells can be evaluated.
- Prostate-specific membrane antigen (PSMA) is an important target for radionuclide therapy for the treatment of metastatic castration-resistant prostate cancer. One goal of the presently disclosed subject matter is to develop an optimized agent employing the low linear energy transfer radiation of β-particles for targeted radionuclide therapy of metastatic castration-resistant prostate cancer. To this end, novel PSMA-based 177Lu-labeled radioligands have been synthesized and evaluated for in vitro binding affinity and in vivo tumor targeting. Radiolabeling of the new ligands were synthesized in high (>98%) radiochemical yield and specific activity. Cell uptake and internalization data indicated specific uptake in PSMA(+) PC3 PIP cells for the agents for all agents. Clonogenic cell survival assay was performed for selected agents. A significant decrease in PSMA(+) PC3 PIP cell survival was observed compared to PSMA(−) PC3 flu cells only after 48 h incubation. Selected compounds were further evaluated in a direct comparison studies with the clinical agents 177Lu-PSMA-617 and 177Lu-PSMA-I&T for in vivo pharmacokinetics and treatment effect in a primary prostate cancer model. Biodistribution data revealed comparable tumor uptake in PSMA-expressing PC3 PIP tumor for the new agents up to 72 hours. These agents also demonstrated efficient tumor regression at 8-weeks after intravenous administration of 111 MBq (3 mCi) compare to untreated mice (n=10). A representative compound, 177Lu-L1, demonstrated significantly high survival improvement. Necropsy studies after eight-week post-treatment in tumor bearing mice for the selected agents and one-year post-treatment in tumor-free mice (177Lu-L1, 111 MBq) did not reveal any radiation nephropathy.
- Prostate-specific membrane antigen (PSMA), also known as glutamate carboxypeptidase II [GCPII] or N-acetyl-1-aspartyl-1-glutamate peptidase I [NAALADase I], is a type II cell surface metalloenzyme, and has proven to be a valuable clinical biomarker of prostate cancer.1,2 Over approximately 80% of prostate tumors, as well as other solid tumors, exhibit a strong PSMA expression within the newly formed vessels resembling tumor related angiogenesis. Lower levels are found in physiologically normal tissues such as the kidneys, salivary glands, and small intestine. Differential PSMA expression in prostate tumors has led clinicians and radiochemists to explore the use of PSMA as a target for delivering a wide range of diagnostic and therapeutic radionuclides using PET, SPECT, nanoparticles, optical agents, and the like. PSMA-based low molecular weight PET imaging agents, 68Ga-PSMA-113 and 18F-DCFPyL4 have revolutionized the early diagnosis of men with prostate cancer and are likely to undergo the New Drug Application process at the FDA within the next few years. The therapeutic potential of recently introduced PSMA-based radionuclide therapeutic agents 177Lu-PSMA-617 and 177Lu-PSMA-I&T5-11 (Table 6) and halogen 131I-MIP10952,12,13 although showing promising, needs more extensive investigation for safe and effective administration as required for radionuclide therapy. For example, grade 1-3 hematological toxicity was reported with 131I-MIP1095 along with intense accumulation in the salivary glands that led to xerostomia and mucositis.13 An 225Ac-based LMW agent is also in the clinical trials showing similar complications related to salivary glands.14 Prospective data collected in well-designed clinical trials are still lacking to address long-term nephrotoxicity for PSMA-based radionuclide therapy, a major safety concern for these LMW radiotherapeutic agents.
- The pharmacokinetics of the agents with high tumor/background ratios for safe and effective clinical application (
FIG. 13 ) have been investigated for both imaging and therapy of prostate cancer. The overall biologic profile of those agents is not only determined by receptor-specific binding, but also by nonspecific interactions and may be related to molecular weight, charge, hydrophilicity, and metabolic stability. So far two general classes of high affinity agents (Ki<20 nM) emerged from our studies: (i) Type I agents. These agents demonstrate high PSMA-specific tumor uptake and long retention, however, with high uptake in many PSMA-expressing normal tissues including renal cortex and spleen.15 Examples include 99mTc-oxo,16 64Cu-1,4,7-triazacyclononane-1,4,7-2-triacetic acid (NOTA)17 (FIG. 13A ), 68Ga-PSMA-11,18 and agents 68Ga-/177Lu-PSMA-I&T, second generation) (FIG. 13B ), which have been administered to patients6,7,19,20 in several clinical trials. These agents were generated merely by changing the chelating agent or linker on the original linker/urea construct21, leading to an improvement in PSMA affinity. - Recently developed several high affinity radioligands that displayed high tumor retention using albumin-binding p-(iodophenyl)butyric acid moiety22-25 also lead to an extended high radiation dose in murine renal cortical and other normal organs. (ii) Type II agents. These agents display high tumor uptake and retention and fast clearance from most normal tissues including kidney and salivary glands, thus producing high tumor-to-background ratios.16,17 Type II agents include agents, developed by the inventors (
FIG. 13A )26 and PSMA-617,5 (FIG. 13B ). Agent II underwent a recent first-in-man-study.27 A similar pattern of faster renal clearance from PSMA-expressing kidney than PSMA+ tumor has been observed, presumably associated with more rapid flow through normally organized renal vasculature compared to the relatively disorganized vasculature of the xenografts.26,28,29 - The presently disclosed subject matter includes, in part, the preclinical evaluation of a new series of low molecular weight compounds targeting PSMA for the development of targeted theranostic radiopharmaceutical therapy for the treatment of metastatic prostate cancer. The 4-halo-benzyl derivative of Lys-urea-Glu was investigated over other urea-based candidates because of sustained tumor uptake for at least 48 h in human PC xenografts of 2-[3-[1-carboxy-5-(4-125I-iodo-benzoylamino)-pentyl]-ureido]-pentanedioic acid (125I-DCIBzL) and the agent demonstrated significant tumor regression owing to its high linear energy transfer and short range of emission of Auger electrons (<10 mm).30 DCIBzL is a one of the most potent PSMA binding agents known in the art (Ki=0.01 nM). Additionally, the α-particle emitting 211At-labeled version of DCIBzL showed significant treatment effect in both flank tumor model and micrometastatic model.31 Accordingly, the presently disclosed metal-based radiotherapeutics were designed to contain a halo-benzyl-urea-Glu derived from the structure of DCIBzL with some rational modifications to the linker and chelating agents to improve the binding affinity and pharmacokinetics of the agents. Several representative compounds were synthesized to evaluate the tumor-targeting and pharmacokinetic properties of the agents. This approach can lead to an optimized agent with reduced off-target effect for 177Lu, 212Pb or 225Ac for PSMA-based targeted radionuclide therapy.
- 5.3.1 Synthesis Schemes. A series of representative compounds were synthesized for structure and activity relationships (SAR) study based on the high affinity agent DCIBzL as shown in
FIG. 13 . All ligands were designed to contain a (Br/I)-Benzyl Lys-urea-Glu targeting moiety, except for ligands L8 and L14, which were designed as control agents. Ligands L1-L4, L7-L9 and L13 were designed to possess a short and flexible linker while L12 contains a rigid aromatic linker. In contrast, ligands L5, L6 and L14 were designed to have longer linkers similar to previous lead agents.26 The effect of chelating agents was investigated in ligands L7 and L8, by replacing chelating agent DOTA-monoamide as in L1 by DOTA-Bn-SCN and in L9 using a DOTAGA chelating agent. Ligands L10 and L11 were designed to have a rigid cyclohexyl linker as in PSMA-617 with DOTA-monoamide and DOTAGA chelating agent for checking the effect on rigid linker and chelator compared to L1 and L9 respectively. Ligand L13 was designed to possess a different targeting moiety, by replacing Br-Benzyl Lys-urea-Glu with a Br-pyridyl Lys-urea-Glu derived from the clinical PET imaging agent 18F-DCFPYL.32 The ligand L14 was designed to have an albumin binding moiety 4-(p-iodophenyl)butyric acid on the previously reported PSMA-binding targeting platform as recently studied by several research groups22-25,33 to investigate the effect of 4-(p-Iodophenyl) on the biodistribution properties. - All compounds were synthesized in solution phase chemistry based on well-established methods to prepare Glu-Lys urea derivatives and related conjugation chemistry for linker and chelating agents. Ligand L1 and L2 were synthesized as described in
Scheme 2. - Urea-lysine intermediate Di-tert-butyl (((S)—1-(tert-butoxy)-6-((4-iodo/bromobenzyl)amino)-1-oxohexan-2-yl)carbamoyl)-L-glutamate, 1a or 1b (5-X-Bn)-Lys-urea-Glu (X=Br/I) were synthesized following some modification of the literature method.34 These two intermediate compounds were also used to synthesize L3, L4, L5, L6, L8, L9, L10, L11 and L12. Briefly, Boc-5-amino valeric acid was conjugated to 1a and 1b to provide 2a and 2c followed by simultaneous removal of tert-But and N-Boc groups to generate 3a and 3c respectively in >90% yields. Compounds 3a and 3c were then reacted with the N-hydroxosuccinimide (NHS)-ester of DOTA-monoamide to provide the target ligands L1 and L2 in high yields. Ligands L3 and L4 were synthesized as shown in
Scheme 3. - A conjugation reaction was performed using the rigid linker p-aminomethyl benzoic acid and DOTA-monoamide NHS ester to provide
compound 4 in quantitative yield. Next,compound 5 was obtained by treatingcompound 4 with TSTU in presence of trimethylamine and followed by removal of tert-Butyl group using TFA/CH2Cl2 to produce a reactive intermediate 6 in high yield. Ligands L3 and L4 were obtained in good yields after a simple conjugation reaction between 6 with 3b and 3d. Ligands L5 and L6 were synthesized following a synthetic route as shown inScheme 4. - First, compound 7 was synthesized by reacting 1a and disuccinimidyl suberate (DSS) as previously reported.35 Compound 7 was then treated with 50% TFA/CH2Cl2 to remove t-butyl groups to synthesized
compound 8, which was then coupled with Boc-5-amino valeric acid followed by removal of Boc group and coupling to compound 6 provide L5. Additionally, three analogs of L1 were synthesized by replacing DOTA-monoamide with DOTA-Bn-SCN (L7 and L8) and DOTAGA (L9) following the synthetic route as described inScheme 2. The conjugation reactions of DOTA-Bn-SCN were performed at 40° C. for 4 h. In contrast, for the chelating agent DOTAGA, the reaction mixture was initially sonicated at room temperature for 1 h to provide a high yield conjugation reaction. Two ligands L10 and L11, analogs of L1 using cyclohexyl linker, were also synthesized as shown inScheme 5. - At first, NHS-ester of trans-4-(Fmoc-aminomethylcyclohexanecarboxylic acid) was synthesized in situ which was then reacted with 1a to provide 10. After the sequential removal of Fmoc and tert-butyl groups and coupling with the corresponding chelating agents, DOTAGA and DOTA-monoamide, L10 and L11 were obtained in excellent yield. The ligand L12 was synthesized as shown in
Scheme 6. In brief, compound 1a was reacted with the intermediate 6 followed by the removal of tert-Butyl groups from Lys-urea-Glu to provide L12 in >80% yields. - Ligand L13 was also synthesized following Scheme 7, however, by replacing p-bromobenzyl with p-bromopyridyl group to investigate the effect of pharmacophore on the tumor targeting and pharmacokinetics of the agents. The ligand L14 was synthesized following Scheme 7. First NHS-ester of p-(iodophenyl)butyric,
compound 12, was synthesized in quantitative yield which was reacted with our previously reported bifunctional compound 1435 to provide L14 in excellent. All newly synthesized ligands were purified by HPLC and lyophilized to provide colorless hygroscopic solid compound and characterized by standard spectroscopic tools including mass spectrometry and NMR. All ligands were found to be stable at least for 6 months at −20° C. - All new ligands were radiolabeled with 177Lu in high yield at 70° C. for 1 h incubation followed by HPLC purification to remove the unreacted ligand from the radiolabeled compounds to ensure highest radiochemical purity >99% and specific activity (>37 MBq/nmol). Additionally, a fast and convenient microwave assisted radiolabeling method has been developed for L1 and the related ligands including L7, L8, L9, L11, L12 and L13 to synthesize new 177Lu-labeled agents (177Lu-L) in excellent yields (>90%) within 5 min at pH ˜4 at 40° C. The microwave-assisted method generated multiple radiolabeled products for the ligands with p-iodobenzyl urea derivatives (e.g., L4 and L6), ligands with a long linker (e.g., L3 and L5) and a rigid linker (e.g., L12). All 177Lu-labeled compounds were found stable up to 4 h at room temperature and 24 h at 4° C. without any significant radiolysis. However, to ensure high stability, L-ascorbic acid was added to the radiolabeled compounds in the final formulation and used for the in vitro and vivo experiments reported here. Cell uptake and internalization experiments were performed immediately without any addition of L-ascorbic acid.
- 5.3.2 In Vitro Binding and Cell Uptake. All new ligands demonstrated high binding affinity to PSMA with Ki values ranging from 0.03 to 8 nM (Table 6). A stable lutetium analog of L1 (Lu-L1) was synthesized, which displayed 3-fold improvement in binding affinity over L1 (Table 6). Comparative cell uptake studies at 2 h incubation involving L1 to L14 revealed approximately 100-fold higher uptake in PSMA+ PC3 PIP cells relative to PSMA− PC3 flu cells. Cell uptake and internalization data for selected compounds are presented in
FIG. 14 and Table 7. Total uptake and internalization for the compounds slowly increased from 1 h to 24 h. Both 177Lu-PSMA-I&T and 177Lu-PSMA-617 displayed significantly higher total uptake within the PSMA(+) PC3 PIP cells, ˜60% and ˜40% of the incubated dose respectively, whereas 177Lu-L1, 177Lu-L3 and 177Lu-L5 showed displayed uptake within the range of 30%. However, percent of internalization was in the same range for the compounds ˜18-24% at 1 h to 25-30% at 24 h. The uptake in PSMA(+) PC3 PIP cells could be blocked by treatment with an excess of known PSMA inhibitor, ZJ43 for all compounds (Table 7). Cell internalization of 177Lu-7 and 177Lu-8 were also studied up to 24 h post-incubation. Bromo-benzyl group modified 177Lu-8 displayed nearly >1.5-fold higher internalization compared to ligand 177Lu-7 without it at all time-points. Significantly, 177Lu-9 with DOTAGA chelating displayed cell uptake and internalization (˜70%) comparable to 177Lu-PSMA-I&T containing the same chelating agent (Table 7). In contrast, 177Lu-10 with a DOTAGA chelating agent when modified with a rigid cyclohexyl linker, showed lower uptake and internalization compared to 177Lu-8 and 177Lu-9. Similarly, DOTA-monoamide modified 177Lu-L11, which also contains a cyclohexyl linker showed >1.5-fold lower uptake compared to 177Lu-L1 and lower uptake compared to 177Lu-10. Additionally, 177Lu-L12 with a rigid aromatic linker displayed low uptake compared to the most agents from the series. The p-bromopyridyl modified 177Lu-13 displayed comparable cell uptake and internalization properties as 122Lu-1. The albumin-binding 3-(p-iodophenyl)-butyric acid modified 177Lu-14 displayed relatively higher uptake in PSMA(+) PC3 PIP cells at 2 h. -
TABLE 6 Physical properties and PSMA binding activity of the new compounds and selected clinical agents Specific Cell Surface specific Binding internalization Molecular [% IA/106 [% IA/106 POctanol/water Compound Weight Ki [nM] cells] cells] co-efficient L1 973.87 36.49 ± 0.50 23.68 ± 0.16 −3.09 L2 1020.87 0.20-0.33 nM 29.23 ± 0.80 24.96 ± 0.90 L3 1121.05 0.09-34 nM 36.65 ± 0.50 22.03 ± 0.60 −3.50 L4 1168.05 0.14-0.39 nM L5 1234.21 0.46-0.63 nM 36.65 ± 0.50 22.03 ± 0.60 L6 1281.21 0.35-0.93 nM L7 969.41 0.29-0.81 nM L8 1138.5 0.08-0.16 nM 20.06 ZJ43 (0.28-1.08 nM) L9 1045.9360 0.02-0.05 nM 7.80 −3.53 L10 1086.0010 0.43-1.2 nM L11 1013.94 L12 1007.8900 0.22-4.03 nM 0.25-0.56 nM (ZJ43) L13 973.34 0.23-8.10 nM ZJ43 (0.28-1.07 nM) L14 1390.34 53.0 ± 1.3 −2.95 SR-VI-71 22.28 −3.02 PSMA-617 44.6 ± 1.0 21.1 ± 0.9 −3.2 PSMA 64.5 ± 2.3 21.1 ± 0.7 −2.59 I&T -
TABLE 7 Cell uptake and internalization data for the selected compounds in PSMA(+) PC3 PIP and PSMA(−) PC3 flu cells. For blocking studies, ZJ43, a known PSMA inhibitor was used in final concentration of 10 μM. (data expressed in % incubated dose per 1 × 106 cells). 177Lu-PSMA I&T 177Lu-PSMA-617 177Lu-L1 177Lu-L3 177Lu-L5 1 h PC3 PIP 60.0 ± 0.2 42.2 ± 0.80 32.1 ± 0.1 27.0 ± 1.3 26.6 ± 0.6 PC3 PIP cell Int 21.1 ± 0.7 18.8 ± 1.2 18.8 ± 0.8 21.4 ± 1.4 24.1 ± 0.5 PC3 flu 0.2 ± 0.1 0.1 ± 0.01 0.2 ± 0.0 0.1 ± 0.0 0.2 ± 0.1 Blockade PC3 PIP 0.2 ± 0.1 0.1 ± 0.0 0.2 ± 0.0 0.1 ± 0.0 0.0 ± 0.0 2 h PC3 PIP 60.0 ± 0.2 44.6 ± 1. 36.7 ± 0.5 36.5 ± 0.3 29.23 ± 0.8 25.1 ± 1.5 21.1 ± 0.9 22.0 ± 0.6 23.7 ± 0.2 25.0 ± 0.9 PC3 flu 0.1 ± 0.0 0.1 ± 0.0 0.1 ± 0.0 0.1 ± 0.0 0.0 ± 0.0 4 h PC3 PIP 72.2 ± 0.4 47.6 ± 1.13 39.1 ± 0.5 32.6 ± 8.5 34.4 ± 1.2 PC3 PIP cell int 25.7 ± 0.7 26.1 ± 1.0 26.6 ± 1.2 24.9 ± 3.4 26.1 ± 1.0 PC3 flu 0.3 ± 0.0 0.1 ± 0.06 0.1 ± 0.0 0.1 ± 0.1 0.1 ± 0.0 24 h PC3 PIP 80.0 ± 1.3 54.2 ± 0.21 46.2 ± 0.2 45.2 ± 1.2 49.8 ± 1.4 PC3 PIP cell int 28.3 ± 1.2 26.4 ± 0.8 24.6 ± 0.2 30.0 ± 0.7 27.9 ± 0.8 PC3 flu 0.4 ± 0.1 0.1 ± 0.01 0.2 ± 0.1 0.1 ± 0.0 0.1 ± 0.0 -
TABLE 8 Summary of pilot radiotherapy study Average Median Average Average relative tumor survival Initial Initial growth after After 8 body Average final tumor week 8 post- weeks weight body weight volume treatment post- (gram) (gram) (mm3) (V1/V0) treatment Control group 23.7 ± 2.7 21.4 ± 2.3 84.2 ± 38.4 41 ± 22 33 days 177Lu-PSMA-617 23.5 ± 1.9 24.6 ± 3.6 84.2 ± 20.6 Tumor Not reached disappear 5 Death one tumor > 4 177Lu-PSMAI&T 22.7 ± 2.73 24.0 ± 2.9 84.4 ± 24.7 Mouse death 1Not reached Lost body weight Tumor >15% after 2 disappear 7 weeks treatment No tumor > 5 regained within 8 weeks 177Lu-L1 24.1 ± 1.4 26.1 ± 1.4 83.2 ± 22.8 Tumor Not reached disappear 7 Death 1177Lu-L3 24.7 ± 1.7 25.8 ± 2.6 85.2 ± 24.1 Mouse death 3Not reached Two tumor > 4 177Lu-L5 24.5 ± 2.2 27.5 ± 1.9 85.7 ± 20.5 Mouse death 3Not reached one tumor > 5 - 5.3.3 Biodistribution studies. Tumor uptake and in vivo pharmacokinetics of the newly developed 177Lu compounds were evaluated by performing biodistribution assay using male NOD-SCID mouse bearing both PSMA+ PC3 PIP and PSMA− PC3 flu tumors on the upper flanks. A radiotracer dose ˜1.67±0.2 MBq (˜45±5 μCi) was administered intravenously for all studies presented here. Based on the initial biodistribution study at 24 post-injection, several ligands were selected for detail biodistribution study for longer time-point up to 72-96 h. Except for compounds 177Lu-7 (without Br-benzyl modified urea group) and with rigid linker 177Lu-11 and 177Lu-12, all compounds demonstrated high PSMA(+) tumor uptake >18% ID/g after 24 h post-injection. Tissue biodistribution of 177Lu-PSMA-617, 177Lu-PSMA-I&T, 177Lu-1, 177Lu-3 and 177Lu-5 in male NOD-SCID mice are as shown in
FIG. 15 andFIG. 16 . Mouse body-weight and tumors weights were provided in Table 9. -
TABLE 9 Average mouse body weight and average tumor weight at each time-point used for the biodistribution study. Data expressed in mean ± s.d (n = 4). Time 177Lu-PSMA-I&T 177Lu-PSMA-617 177Lu-1 177Lu-3 177Lu-5 3 h Body Wt. 24.12 ± 1.04 20.83 ± 1.77 19.8 ± 1.39 21.60 ± 0.32 20.80 ± 1.61 PC3 PIP 0.06 ± 0.02 0.10 ± 0.03 0.12 ± 0.04 0.04 ± 0.02 0.06 ± 0.01 24 h Body Wt. 19.73 ± 0.89 22.08 ± 0.95 19.70 ± 0.77 22.56 ± 0.42 20.45 ± 1.01 PC3 PIP 0.07 ± 0.01 0.040 ± 0.01 0.09 ± 0.01 0.13 ± 0.05 0.05 ± 0.01 48 h Body Wt. 21.83 ± 1.01 22.6 ± 0.36 20.73 ± 1.24 21.95 ± 0.77 19.63 ± 0.25 PC3 PIP 0.08 ± 0.02 0.09 ± 0.02 0.15 ± 0.03 0.11 ± 0.06 0.08 ± 0.02 72 h Body Wt. 22.98 ± 0.57 20.50 ± 0.91 20.35 ± 0.86 22.2 ± 0.84 19.03 ± 0.63 PC3 PIP 0.13 ± 0.06 0.14 ± 0.04 0.11 ± 0.04 0.13 ± 0.05 0.07 ± 0.02 - At 3 h post-injection significantly higher tumor uptake was observed for 177Lu-3, 52.6±4.9% ID/g, and 177Lu-5 (56.3±18.3) while the tumor uptake in 177Lu-1 was comparable to 177Lu-PSMA-617 and 177Lu-PSMA-I&T. However, after 24 h, both 177Lu-3 and 177Lu-5 showed fast clearance of activity from the PSMA+ PC3 PIP tumor uptake, causing tumor uptake comparable to 177Lu-PSMA-617 and 177Lu-PSMA-I&T. In contrast, 177Lu-1 displayed significantly lower tumor uptake compared to 177Lu-PSMA-617. At 72 h post-injection we have not observed significant difference in tumor uptake for the compounds. Uptake in the PC3 flu tumor was low (<0.3% ID/g) for all compounds starting at 3 h post injection demonstrating high specificity of the compounds consistent with the high binding affinity of the ligands.
- Although the agents demonstrated nearly similar tumor uptake up to 72 h post-injection, significant changes were observed in the normal tissue uptake for the agents. PSMA-expressing normal organs, for example, kidneys and salivary glands and spleen were significantly higher for 177Lu-PSMA-I&T. Kidney uptake was 93.39±13.35% ID/g, at 3 h post-injection for 177Lu-PSMA-I&T while the rest of the agents from the series displayed uptake <10% ID/g; 177Lu-PSMA-617 (9.81±6.54% ID/g), 177Lu-1 (5.17±2.38% ID/g), 177Lu-3 (7.49±3.21% ID/g). Although 177Lu-PSMA-I&T demonstrated fast kidney clearance, 30.39±12.49% ID/g at 24 h, the data revealed that the agent showed ˜3-fold decrease in the kidney uptake in every 24 h up to 72 h. In contrast, 177Lu-3 and rest of the compounds displayed much faster rate of renal clearance, ˜10-fold clearance, resulting kidney uptake <0.5 ID/g after 24 h. Except for 177Lu-PSMA-I&T, blood and normal tissue uptake, including liver, lung, stomach, pancreas, spleen, fat, adrenal glands, muscle, small and large intestine, bone and salivary glands of the 177Lu-labeled agents were <0.5% ID/g after 3 h of the administered dose. 177Lu-PSMA-I&T demonstrated high uptake in spleen and salivary glands at 3 h, nonetheless, displayed fast clearance within 24 h displaying comparable uptake (<1% ID/g) in those tissues as demonstrated by the other agents of the series.
- Selected tissue biodistribution data of the p-iodobenzyl analog of 177Lu-1 and ligands without any halobenzyl modified urea-targeting moiety, 177Lu-L7 and 177Lu-L14, and bromobenzyl modified agents, 177Lu-L8, 177Lu-L9 and 177Lu-L10 are shown in
FIG. 17 . The agent 177Lu-2 showed significantly higher tumor uptake at 3 h post-injection compared to 177Lu-L1, but maintained tumor uptake and retention up to 72 h. While both 177Lu-L7 and 177Lu-L8 were modified with DOTA-Bn-SCN chelating agent, tumor uptake and retention of 177Lu-L8 were significantly higher at all time compared to 177Lu-L7, further emphasizes the importance of bromobenzyl group on tumor retention (55.4±7.2 vs. 25.4±7.2% ID/g at 2 h; 40.6±7.0 vs. 7.0±1.5% ID/g at 24 h; 27.0±7.0 vs. 7.0±3.3% ID/g at 48 h and 24.9±2.3 vs. 2.3±0.0% ID/g). Also, both agents demonstrated much faster kidney clearance compared to 177Lu-PSMA-I&T. - 177Lu-L9 with a DOTAGA chelating agent, displayed significantly higher tumor uptake and retention compared to 177Lu-PSMA-I&T up to 72 h post-injection while showing much faster kidney clearance, ˜30-fold renal clearance within 24 h (149.7±32.0 at 2 h vs. 5.9±2.7% ID/g at 24 h). The rigid cyclohexyl linker did not generate high cell uptake, 177Lu-L10 and 177Lu-L11, compared to L1 and showed similar or lower uptake compared to 177Lu-L9 and 177Lu-L1 respectively. The agent 177Lu-L13 with different targeting ligand (2-pyridyl) ligand showed much faster normal tissue clearance while maintaining similar tumor uptake as 177Lu-L1.
- Biodistribution of 177Lu-14 was consistent with the reported albumin binding agents with highest tumor uptake reached at 24 h post-injection and displayed high up to 48 h. Although the agent initially displayed lower initial kidney uptake, 49.49±19.55% ID/g compared to 177Lu-PSMA-I&T, only ˜3-fold clearance of activity was observed, 17.47±4.18% ID/g at 48 h compared to 10-fold lowering of activity (93.39±13.35% ID/g at 24 h vs 9.55±3.85% ID/g at 48 h). The agent also showed the highest blood uptake from the series, 16.13±2.33% ID/g at 2 h post-injection followed by 5.05±0.05% ID/g at 2 h and 2.48±0.44% ID/g at 48 h. Both spleen and salivary glands displayed highest non-specific uptake from the series.
- 5.3.4 SPECT/CT Imaging.
- SPECT/CT imaging with 177Lu-1 and 177Lu-14 were also performed to check in vivo pharmacokinetics. As expected from the biodistribution data, SPECT/CT images during 2-192 h after administration with 177Lu-1 confirmed high uptake in the PSMA+ PC3 PIP tumors (right) but not in the PSMA− PC3 flu tumors (left), as expected. Also, consistent with the biodistribution data, the ligand displayed very low uptake in the kidneys and all normal tissues. Status of the PSMA expression within the PSMA(+) PC3 PIP tumors were also investigated during the imaging experiments. As shown in
FIG. 18B , compared to control tumor (no radioactivity injection), a significant lowering of PSMA(+) staining within the PC3 PIP tumors afterday 1 today 12 of the treated tumor with 177Lu-1 (37 MBq) was observed. This could be partially due to treatment effect that generated down regulation of PSMA expression and due to the binding of 177Lu-1 in a significant number of PSMA-binding sites in the treated tumor. Although low, nonetheless, relatively higher staining after 8 days and 12 days are consistent with clearance of 177Lu-1 from the tumor. - A comparison of hematologic and blood chemistry parameters for the mice groups (n=3) treated with 111 MBq (3 mCi) of 177Lu-
PSMA 617, 177Lu-2, 177Lu-4 and 177Lu-6 after eight-weeks is provided in Table 10. -
TABLE 10 177Lu-PSMA- 177Lu-1 177Lu-3 177Lu-5 617 Control Red blood cells 9.1 ± 0.4 8.6 ± 0.2 9.2 ± 0.7 8.2 ± 0.7 9.3 ± 0.0 (M/μL) Hemoglobin (g/dL) 14.3 ± 0.8 13.6 ± 0.4 14.3 ± 1.0 12.8 ± 1.0 14.0 ± 0.1 Hematocrit % 48.7 ± 2.7 45.6 ± 0.9 49.7 ± 2.4 42.9 ± 4.5 47.1 ± 1.1 Mean Corpuscular 53.4 ± 0.6 53.1 ± 0.7 54.1 ± 1.4 52.2 ± 1.6 50.6 ± 1.0 Value(MCV) fl Platelets (K/μL) 1297 ± 231.4 1440.7 ± 92.0 1415.3 ± 88.5 916.0 ± 141.6 1503 ± 190.9 White blood cells 2.4 ± 0.5 3.3 ± 1.7 2.9 ± 1.8 5.05 ± 4.1 4.8 ± 0.8 (K/μL) Neutrophils (K/μL) 1.2 ± 0.3 2.6 ± 1.9 2.0 ± 1.8 3.5 ± 3.8 2.6 ± 0.1 Lymphocytes 0.5 ± 0.1 0.5 ± 0.2 0.4 ± 0.1 0.7 ± 0.1 1.7 ± 0.5 (K/μL) Total protein (g/dL) 5.8 ± 0.2 5.5 ± 0.3 5.9 ± 0.6 5.5 ± 0.5 5.7 ± 0.1 Albumin (g/dL) 3.1 ± 0.0 3.1 ± 0.2 3 ± 0.4 2.9 ± 0.2 3.1 ± 0.3 Blood urea 24 ± 2.4 27.7 ± 1.2 22.7 ± 3.2 23.3 ± 2.5 25.5 ± 0.7 nitrogen(mg/dL) - 5.3.5 Radionuclide therapy in cells and animal model. The clonogenic efficiency of PSMA(+) PC3 PIP cells after incubation 177Lu-1 and 177Lu-8 for 48 h is shown in
FIG. 26 . Cell surviving fraction was >0.8 for the agents when the cells were incubated for 2 h and 24 h. Significant loss of colony survival was observed after 48 h incubation. The Do of (37% survival) of 177Lu-1 and 177Lu-8 were in the same range 0.3-0.6 μCi/mL. - A pilot treatment study using NOD/SCID mice (n=10 per group) bearing PSMA+ PC3 PIP tumors with a single intravenous dose of 111 MBq (3 mCi) of agents 177Lu-PSMA-617, 177Lu-1, 177Lu-3 and 177Lu-5 and the control group (with saline treatment) were performed (Table 8). Volume of the all control group mice reached >5-fold of their initial tumor volume within 14 days. Mouse euthanized for treated group within 4 weeks of post-injection was mainly due to sudden body weight loss and not related to tumor growth. All treated group showed significant tumor regression up to eight weeks. The difference among treatment groups was statistically significant (P=0.002) by the log-rank test compared to the untreated group. As shown in Table 8, only one mouse from the group treated with 177Lu-3 and 177Lu-PSMA-617 reached tumor volume >4 and two mice from 177Lu-4 with this high dose. After 8-weeks, three mice from each treated group were used for detailed blood analysis and necropsy study. Selected metabolic and complete blood count data are provided in Table 3,
FIG. 24 andFIG. 25 . All animals underwent radiotherapy study had normal creatinine (0.3-0.4 mg/dL) and blood urea nitrogen levels. As shown inFIG. 11 , only one mouse displayed elevated neutrophil counts (up to 3.5±3.8 K/mL after; control, 2.6 K/mL) from the group treated 177Lu-PSMA-617. Additionally, a significant lowering of platelet for all three treated mice from 177Lu-PSMA-617 compared control group and other treated groups. - Pathologic examination of H&E staining of a wide panel normal tissues revealed only moderate changes in the treated group compared to the control group. Significant and concerning changes were identified in testes, and lacrimal grands primarily (
FIG. 25 ) for all treated groups. One mouse with 177Lu-5 and all three mice treated with 177Lu-PSMA-617 showed the most significant changes in testis. Changes in kidneys are minimal, only modest tubule changes were seen for all treated group. Parotid glands, usually adjacent to exorbital lacrimal gland, are conspicuously spared and there were mild changes in the group treated 177Lu-PSMA-617. Additionally, infraorbital lacrimal glands displayed similar changes to exorbital lacrimal glands especially evident within the mice treated with 177Lu-PSMA-617. One mouse treated with 177Lu-5 had a thymic lymphoma, morphology is consistent with thymic T lymphoblastic lymphoma which is an expected cause of death in NOD/SCID mice, usually beginning at about 6 month. T lymphoblastic lymphoma is accelerated by irradiation and some carcinogens, and is associated with interactions of endogenous retroviruses/retroelements in NOD/SCID mouse strains. One mouse from the group treated with 177Lu-PSMA-617 showed tumor and metastases in lung (<1 mm), as well as tumor cells intravascular, in body cavities, serosal surfaces (carcinomatosis), and evident on blood smear. The cells are large up to 25 μm, with very large nuclei (for a mouse) usually 2-3 nucleoli, and a high mitotic rate. Testis and lacrimal gland degenerative changes indicate that this animal did receive a treatment similar to other treated mice. - All animals tested had normal creatinine values (0.3-0.4 mg/dL) and blood urea nitrogen level.
- While treatment monitoring was terminated for 177Lu-4 and 177Lu-6, the treatment study was continued for 177Lu-1 and 177Lu-PSMA-617 until the predefined end-point was reached (tumor volume 1800 mm3 and body weight loss >15%).
FIG. 18 displays the survival data of 177Lu-1 and 177Lu-PSMA-617. Median survival for the 177Lu-PSMA-617 was 133 days vs. 234 days for 177Lu-1. In contrast the treatment group did not to show any change. Individual tumor volume measurements for each animal are shown inFIG. 24 . Given that 177Lu-1 demonstrated good treatment effect, a growth delay study was performed using escalated dose from 18.5 MBq (0.5 mCi), 37 MBq (1 mCi) and 111 mMBq (3 mCi) (n=5 per group) up to 90 days. As shown inFIG. 23 , 177Lu-1, indeed show significant tumor growth delay for the all treated groups was observed compared to untreated group. While four out of five mice treated with 0.5 mCi dose reached the relative volume >5 at 8 weeks post-treatment, only one mouse from the group treated with 37 MBq dose demonstrated similar effect. Three mice from treated both 37 MBq and 111 MBq showed complete tumor regression up to 120 days, demonstrating nearly similar treatment effect as was observed from the first treat experiment. - A theranostic (SPECT/CT imaging and treatment) study was also performed 177Lu-8 (n=10) using 111 MBq dose after 24 h post-treatment to 192 h using a PC3 PIP flank tumor model. SPECT/CT imaging revealed very similar profile as 177Lu-1, low normal tissue and kidney uptake, nonetheless, relatively higher background uptake compared to 177Lu-1 as anticipated from the biodistribution data. While unexpected death of three mice (used for SPECT/CT imaging) was observed, only two mice showed tumor growth with relative volume >5 after 8 weeks. The remaining treated mice survived tumor-free for 10 months and were evaluated for toxicity.
- 5.3.6 Discussion
- The SAR of a new series of PSMA-based low molecular weight 177Lu-labeled theranostic agents was investigated for the treatment of patient with metastatic prostate cancer. 177Lu is the current beta-emitting isotope of choice for PSMA-targeted and other cancer therapeutic applications as it has more favorable emission properties, production feasibility, and radiation safety issues than 131I and 90Y. A major motivation of this investigation involves a need to understand the molecular and structural origins, i.e., interaction of the PSMA-targeting moiety Lys-Glu-urea in the PSMA-binding site that accounts for the vastly different PK of Type I vs. Type II agents. This understanding will guide research into a Type II agent with reduced radiation-related side effects compared to 177Lu-PSMA-617 and 177Lu-PSMA I&T. The presently disclosed theranostic agents are built upon the well-studied, long linker-based targeting platform17,21,26,36-42 From a strictly synthetic standpoint, it was intended to extend the scope of radiotheranostic agents and chemical space for compounds that bind to PSMA. Other similarly intensive synthetic efforts toward developing low molecular weight, PSMA-based radionuclide therapy are not known in the art.
- The presently disclosed compounds were synthesized using optimized solution phase chemistry. Therefore, the presently disclosed methodologies can be readily adapted for industrial scale preparation and anticipated to be less expensive compared to the solid-phase peptide synthetic schemes. These radiolabeled therapeutics were synthesized with highest possible specific radioactivity by separating the free ligand from the radioactive peaks. Also microwave assisted radiolabeling method generated fast and high radiolabeling at
low temperature 40° C. Systematic cell uptake and internalization followed by tissue biodistribution studies revealed several important findings. - First, the attachment of p-halobenzyl moiety to the PSMA-targeting Glu-Lys-urea provided high tumor uptake and low non-specific normal tissue binding. Second, the SAR study demonstrated that agents with the macrocyclic chelating agents DOTA-Bn-SCN (177Lu-8) and DOTAGA (177Lu-9) with four acetate donor arms provided higher tumor uptake and retention compared to the DOTA-monamide chelating agents (e.g., 177Lu-1) with three acetylate arms. These agents also displayed higher blood plasma binding compared to 177Lu-1 and also higher initial kidney uptake and much faster kidney clearance compared to 177Lu-PSMA I&T. Third, compared to a rigid linker, agents with p-bromobenzyl moiety showed higher tumor uptake and retention with the linear linkers (e.g., 177Lu-1 vs 177Lu-11 and 177Lu-9 vs 177Lu-10). This observation is also reflected in the cell uptake study even though higher amount of internalization was found with cyclohexyl linker bearing 177Lu-10/177Lu-11.
- Fourth, attachment of an albumin binding moiety provided longer tumor retention for 177Lu-14 by increasing serum half-life43,44 as recently reported by others. However, as reported by others these agents are associated with significantly higher kidney retention compared to clinical agents 177Lu-PSMA-617 or 177Lu-PSMA-I&T. Given that these agents showed distinct characteristics related to Type I agents, these agents are anticipated to display much higher salivary gland and lacrimal gland uptake compared to 177Lu-PSMA-617 as it was seen for 131I-MIP10952,12,13 The necropsy study revealed that the lacrimal glands could be used as a surrogate organ for these 177Lu-PSMA agents since severe abnormality in normal organ were seen in the lacrimal glands. Although most preclinical study did not report lacrimal gland uptake, indeed an albumin binding agent CTT1403 displayed high uptake in the lacrimal glands.22
- Fifth, self-blockading study revealed that 177Lu-1 with low kidney uptake resulted no significant change in tumor uptake to generate 10-fold kidney blockade while for 177Lu-9 with high initial kidney uptake resulted significant tumor uptake blockade to generate similar effect. This is an import finding since amino acid-based renal protecting agents such as D-lysine/polyglutamate were shown not to be successful in providing improvement in lowering renal uptake for 177Lu-PSMA I&T.45 That result confirmed that uptake in renal proximal tubules cells is partially due to PSMA-expression.46 While kidney toxicity is not a major issue for 177Lu-PSMA radionuclide therapy but the blocking strategy can be useful for salivary gland related radiation toxicity for PSMA-based ca-particle therapy with 225Ac-PSMA-61747 and long-term renal toxicity that obtains often with α-particle-based RPT31,48.
- Solvents and chemicals purchased from commercial sources were of analytical grade or better and used without further purification. Diisopropylethylamine (DIEA), triethylamine (TEA), lutetium (III) nitrate, N,N,N′,N′-Tetramethyl-O—(N-succinimidyl)uronium tetrafluoroborate (TSTU), p-aminomethyl benzoic acid, Boc-5-amino valeric acid, Boc-6-aminohexanoic acid-N-hydroxy succinimide and disuccinimidyl suberate were purchased from Sigma-Aldrich. DOTA-tris(t-butyl ester)-monoacid (B270) and DOTA-NHS-ester (B280) were purchased from Macrocyclics, Inc. (Dallas, Tex.). Carrier-free [177Lu]Cl3 (NEZ307000MC) was purchased from PerkinElmer Health Sciences Inc (Shelton, Conn., USA). Analytical thin-layer chromatography (TLC) was performed using Aldrich aluminum-backed 0.2 mm silica gel Z19, 329-1 plates and visualized by ultraviolet light (254 nm), 12 and 1% ninhydrin in EtOH. Flash chromatography was performed using silica gel purchased from Bodman (Aston Pa.), MP SiliTech 32-63
D 60 Å. All experiments were performed in duplicate or triplicate to ensure reproducibility. HPLC purification of non-radiolabeled compounds was performed using a Phenomenex C18 Luna 10×250 mm2 column on an Agilent 1260 infinity LC system (Santa Clara, Calif.) and elution with water (0.1% TFA) (A) and CH3CN (0.1% TFA) (B). A gradient HPLC method was employed which contained a mobile phase 88/22 water/CH3CN for 1-5 min followed by 0-5 min water 88/12 water/CH3CN and from 5-25 min 88/22 water/CH3CN to 44/56 water/acetonitrile withflow rate 8 mL/min. 1H NMR spectra were recorded on aBruker Ultrashield™ 500 MHz spectrometer. Chemical shifts (δ) are reported in ppm downfield by reference to proton resonances resulting from incomplete deuteration of the NMR solvent. Low resolution ESI mass spectra were obtained on a Bruker Daltonics Esquire 3000 Plus spectrometer. High resolution mass spectra were obtained by the University of Notre Dame Mass Spectrometry & Proteomics Facility, Notre Dame, Ind. using ESI either by direct infusion on a Bruker micrOTOF-II or by LC elution via an ultra-high pressure Dionex RSLC with C18 column coupled with a Bruker micrOTOF-Q II. The compounds, Di-tert-butyl (((S)-6-((4-bromobenzyl)amino)-1-(tert-butoxy)-1-oxohexan-2-yl)carbamoyl)-L-glutamate, 5a, and Di-tert-butyl (((S)—1-(tert-butoxy)-6-((4-iodobenzyl)amino)-1-oxohexan-2-yl)carbamoyl)-L-glutamate, 5b, were prepared using following a reported method with minor modification.49 The crude product was purified using C18 column chromatography eluting with 70-80% MeOH/H2O to provide 0.90 g (62%) of oily material. - 5.4.1 Analytical Data for Representative Compounds
- Representative compounds of Formula (I) are provided in
Chart 1. - The following compounds are representative of compounds of Formula (I):
- Ligand L1, and L2 were synthesized following a general synthetic route as shown in
Scheme 2. A detailed description for L2 is given below. - 5 (14S,18S)—9-(4-Bromobenzyl)-2,8,16-trioxo-1-(4,7,10-tris(carboxymethyl)-1,4,7,10-tetraazacyclododecan-1-yl)-3,9,15,17-tetraazaicosane-14,18,20-tricarboxylic acid (L1). A mixture of Boc-5-amino valeric acid (0.087 g, 0.40 mmol), TSTU (0.121 g, 0.40 mmol) and DIPEA (0.103 g, 0.80 mmol) were stirred in DMF (1 mL) at RT for 1 h. Compound 1a (0.264 g, 0.40 mmol) was added dropwise after dilution with DMF (1 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 4 h, concentrated and purified by Cis column chromatography eluting with 100% (in 0.1% TFA) provided 0.151 g (44%) of oily material as compound 2a. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 7.95 (s, 1H), 7.40 (d, J=10 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (d, J=10 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (s, 1H), 7.04 (d, J=5 Hz, 1H), 6.97 (d, J=10 Hz, 1H), 5.48-5.44 (m, 1H), 4.87-4.83 (m, 1H), 4.48-4.36 (m, 2H), 4.26-4.21 (m, 2H), 3.66-3.63 (m, 1H), 3.12-2.95 (m, 4H), 2.90 (s, 1H), 2.81 (s, 1H), 2.73 (s, 2H), 2.33-2.27 (s, 1H), 2.26-2.23 (m, 3H), 2.00-1.98 (m, 1H), 1.77 (m, 1H), 1.66-1.60 (m, 2H), 1.37 (s, 36H), 1.26-1.07 (m, 2H); ESMS m/z: 857.3 (M+H)+. A cold solution of 50% TFA/CH2Cl2 (2 mL) was added to 2a (0.145 g, 0.17 mmol) and stirred at RT for 2 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated and purified by C18 column chromatography eluting with 40% acetonitrile/water and lyophilized to provide 0.067 g (67%) of white solid product as
compound 3. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 7.55 (d, J=5.0 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (d, J=5.0 Hz, 1H), 7.19-7.15 (m, 2H), 4.62-4.53 (m, 2H), 4.33-4.27 (m, 2H), 3.40 (s, 1H), 2.98-2.92 (m, 2H), 2.83 (s, 1H), 2.56 (s, 1H), 2.44 (s, 3H), 2.16 (bs, 1H), 1.93-1.84 (m, 2H), 1.74 (s, 2H), 1.67-1.60 (m, 5H), 1.41-1.40 (m, 2H); ESMS m/z: 589.1 (M+H)+. A reaction mixture of DOTA-NHS-ester (0.090 g, 0.12 mmol), 3a (0.069 g, 0.08 mmol) and DIPEA (0.102 g, 0.79 mmol) were stirred at RT for 3 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated and purified by HPLC to provide the desired ligand L1. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 12.50 (bs, 5H), 8.38 (bs, 1H), 7.57 (d, J=5 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (d, J=5 Hz, 1H), 7.18-7.12 (m, 2H), 6.55 (bs, 1H), 6.37-6.29 (m, 2H), 4.53 (s, 1H), 4.46 (s, 1H), 4.11-4.04 (m, 3H), 3.80 (bs, 4H), 3.25-2.77 (m, 10H), 2.39-2.37 (m, 2H), 2.27-2.20 (m, 4H), 1.94-1.92 (m, 1H), 1.72-1.63 (m, 2H), 1.65-1.39 (m, 9H), 1.28-1.22 (m, 4H); HRESI-MS: Calcd. for C40H62BrN8O15, 973.3513 [M+H]+, found: 973.3542. - (14S,18S)—9-(4-iodobenzyl)-2,8,16-trioxo-1-(4,7,10-tris(carboxymethyl)-1,4,7,10-tetraazacyclododecan-1-yl)-3,9,15,17-tetraazaicosane-14,18,20-tricarboxylic acid (L2). Compound L3 was prepared following the same steps as in
Scheme 3 by employing 1b as the starting reactant and 2c and 3c as the intermediates. Compound 7c was prepared using the same method as described for 7a, using 5b as the starting material. The crude product was purified using column chromatography eluting with 10% acetone/CH2Cl2 to provide colorless oily material. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 7.45 (m, 1H), 7.35 (t, J=5 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (m, 1H), 7.21 (m, 1H), 7.15 (d, J=5 Hz, 1H), 5.70 (m, 1H), 4.58-4.47 (m, 1H), 4.35-4.27 (m, 2H), 4.09 (m, 1H), 3.40-3.30 (m, 1H), 3.16-3.08 (m, 2H), 2.80 (s, 2H), 2.41-2.26 (m, 4H), 2.09-2.04 (1H), 1.85-1.80 (m, 1H), 1.75-1.62 (m, 4H), 1.58-1.52 (m, 3H), 1.44 (m, 27H), 1.35 (m, 6H). - Compound 3c was prepared using the same method as described for 3a, using 2c as the starting material. The crude product was purified using HPLC. Spectral data for L2: 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 8.39 (bs, 1H), 7.38 (t, J=10 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (m, 1H), 7.21-7.18 (m, 2H), 6.36-6.29 (m, 2H), 4.56-4.50 (m, 2H), 4.11-4.01 (m, 3H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 3.59 (s, 4H), 3.19-3.17 (m, 9H), 3.06 (s, 9H), 2.39 (t, J=5 Hz, 1H), 2.30-2.23 (m, 3H), 1.91 (m, 1H), 1.73 (m, 1H), 1.63-1.39 (m, 8H), 1.24 (m, 2H); HRESI-MS: Calcd. for C40H61IN8O15, 1020.3301 [M+H]+.
- (14S,18S)-9-(4-Bromobenzyl)-1,8,16-trioxo-1-(4-((2-(4,7,10-tris(carboxymethyl)-1,4,7,10-tetraazacyclododecan-1-yl)acetamido)methyl)phenyl)-2,9,15,17-tetraazaicosane-14,18,20-tricarboxylic acid (L3): 7b was prepared following the same method as described for 7a and by replacing Boc-5-amino valeric acid by Boc-6-aminohexanoic acid-N-hydroxy succinimide. Yield 0.115 g (46%) of oily material. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 7.41 (d, J=10 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (d, J=10 Hz, 1H), 7.04 (d, J=5 Hz, 1H), 6.97 (d, J=10 Hz, 1H), 5.47 (d, J=10 Hz, 1H), 5.10-5.03 (m, 1H), 4.63-4.56 (m, 1H), 4.44 (s, 1H), 4.39 (s, 1H), 4.27-4.22 (m, 2H), 3.29-3.21 (m, 1H), 3.07-3.01 (m, 5H), 2.30-2.19 (m, 4H), 2.03-1.98 (m, 1H), 1.80-1.75 (m, 1H), 1.66-1.58 (m, 7H), 1.49-1.45 (m, 4H), 1.38 (m, 27H), 1.27-1.04 (m, 5H); ESMS m/z: 871.3 (M+H)+. Compound 3b was prepared using the same method as described for 3a, using 2b as the starting material. The crude product was used as such for next step without further purification. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 7.73 (bs, 3H), 7.76 (d, J=10.0 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (d, J=10.0 Hz, 1H), 7.18-7.14 (m, 2H), 6.34 (m, 2H), 4.53 (s, 1H), 4.46 (m, 2H), 3.22-3.17 (m, 2H), 2.82-2.73 (m, 2H), 2.51 (s, 1H), 2.37 (s, 1H), 2.25 (m, 2H), 1.93 (s, 1H), 1.74-1.71 (m, 1H), 1.64 (s, 1H), 1.55-1.40 (m, 6H), 1.35-1.33 (m, 1H), 1.25 (s, 4H); ESMS m/z: 603.2 (M+H)+. A reaction mixture of 4 (0.065 g, 0.08 mmol), 3b (0.047 g, 0.08 mmol) and DIPEA (0.101 g, 0.80 mmol) were stirred in DMSO (1 mL) at RT for 3 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated and purified by HPLC. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 12.65 (brs, 5H), 8.42-8.39 (m, 1H), 7.84-7.81 (m, 2H), 7.56 (d, J=10.0 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (d, J=10.0 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (d, J=5.0 Hz, 2H), 7.17-7.12 (m, 2H), 6.36-6.30 (m, 2H), 4.53 (m, 3H), 4.46-4.40 (m, 5H), 4.10-3.98 (m, 9H), 3.63 (bs, 5H), 3.26-3.14 (m, 13H), 2.38 (m, 2H), 2.31-2.20 (m, 3H), 1.93-1.92 (m, 1H), 1.72-1.71 (m, 1H), 1.63-1.41 (m, 8H), 1.34 (m, 1H), 1.25 (brs, 3H); HRESI-MS: Calcd. for C49H71BrN9O16, 1120.4197 [M+H]+, found: 1120.4200.
- (14S,18S)—9-(4-Iodobenzyl)-1,8,16-trioxo-1-(4-((2-(4,7,10-tris(carboxymethyl)-1,4,7,10-tetraazacyclododecan-1-yl)acetamido)methyl)phenyl)-2,9,15,17-tetraazaicosane-14,18,20-tricarboxylic acid (L4). The intermediate compound 2d was prepared following the same method as described for 2a by replacing Boc-5-amino valeric acid by Boc-6-aminohexanoic acid-N-hydroxy succinimide and also replacing 1a by 1b as a reactant. Spectral data for 2d. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 7.66 (brs, 1H), 7.61 (d, J=10 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (d, J=10 Hz, 1H), 7.15 (brs, 1H), 6.90 (d, J=5 Hz, 1H), 6.84 (d, J=10 Hz, 1H), 5.30 (m, 1H), 5.09-5.03 (m, 1H), 4.63-4.58 (m, 1H), 4.43 (s, 1H), 4.39-4.35 (m, 1H), 4.26-4.20 (m, 3H), 3.07-3.00 (m, 3H), 2.30-2.22 (m, 5H), 2.00-1.98 (m, 1H), 1.80-1.74 (m, 2H), 1.70-1.64 (m, 3H), 1.62-1.61 (m, 2H), 1.38 (s, 36H), 1.32-1.09 (m 3H); ESMS m/z: 917.3 (M+H)+. Spectral data for 3d. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 7.87 (d, J=10 Hz, 1H), 7.72 (d, J=10 Hz, 1H), 7.66 (d, J=10 Hz, 1H), 7.30 (d, J=10 Hz, 1H), 7.04-6.99 (m, 1H), 4.59-4.51 (m, 1H), 4.32-4.25 (m, 3H), 3.69-3.66 (m, 1H), 3.38-3.35 (m, 1H), 3.09 (m, 1H), 2.96-2.89 (m, 1H), 2.51-2.45 (m, 1H), 2.43-2.39 (m, 3H), 2.17-2.14 (m, 1H), 1.91-1.72 (m, 2H), 1.71-1.62 (m, 6H), 1.45-1.28 (m, 8H); ESMS m/z: 649.2 (M+H)+. Spectral data for L4. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 9.16 (bs, 4H), 8.41 (m, 4H), 7.82 (t, J=10.0 Hz, 2H), 7.72 (d, J=10.0 Hz, 1H), 7.66 (d, J=10.0 Hz, 1H), 7.37 (d, J=10.0 Hz, 2H), 7.01 (d, J=5.0 Hz, 2H), 6.37-6.30 (m, 2H), 4.44-4.39 (m, 8H), 4.11-3.97 (m, 9H), 3.66-3.61 (m, 5H), 3.16-3.08 (m, 13H), 2.30 (m, 1H), 2.29-2.20 (m, 2H), 1.94-1.92 (m, 1H), 1.71 (m, 1H), 1.66-1.64 (m, 2H), 1.55-1.47 (m, 8H); HRESI-MS: Calcd. for C49H71IN9O16, 1168.4058 [M+H]+, found: 1168.4045.
- (21S,25S)—16-(4-Bromobenzyl)-1,8,15,23-tetraoxo-1-(4-((2-(4,7,10-tris(carboxymethyl)-1,4,7,10-tetraazacyclododecan-1-yl)acetamido)methyl)phenyl)-2,7,16,22,24-pentaazaheptacosane-21,25,27-tricarboxylic acid (L5). Ligand L5 was prepared following a multi-step organic synthesis method as depicted in
Scheme 4. A solution of 1a (0.190 g, 0.29 mmol), Et3N (0.029 g, 0.29 mmol) and DMF (1 mL) was added dropwise to a stirred solution of disuccinimidyl suberate (0.223 g, 0.61 mmol) in DMF (1 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred overnight, concentrated and purified by flash column chromatography eluting with 30% acetonitrile/CH2Cl2 provided 0.120 g (46%) of oily material. ESMS m/z: 911.3 (M+H)+.Compound 8 was prepared using the same method as described for 10. The crude product was purified by column chromatography eluting with 40-60% acetonitrile/CH2Cl2 to provide 0.090 g (40%) of oily material. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCDMSO-d6) δ ppm 7.70 (brs, 1H), 7.62 (d, J=5.0 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (d, J=10.0 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (d, J=5.0 Hz, 1H), 6.85 (d, J=5.0 Hz, 1H), 5.41 (d, J=5.0 Hz, 1H), 5.33 (d, J=10.0 Hz, 1H), 5.09-5.02 (m, 1H), 4.45-4.35 (m, 2H), 4.25-4.19 (m, 3H), 3.41-3.34 (m, 1H), 3.12-3.05 (m, 2H), 2.57-2.50 (m, 2H), 2.31-2.18 (m, 5H), 1.97 (m, 1H), 1.86-1.77 (m, 3H), 1.71-1.63 (m, 5H), 1.57-1.46 (m, 5H), 1.37 (m, 27H); ESMS m/z: 957.2 (M+H)+.Compound 12 was prepared using the same method as described for 3a. The crude product was purified by C-18 column chromatography eluting with 40-50% acetonitrile/water to provide 0.057 g (58%) of product. ESMS m/z: 743.2 (M+H)*. Compound L6 was prepared using the same method as described for L1, usingcompounds 1a and 12 as the starting material. The reaction mixture was concentrated and purified by HPLC. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 8.97 (brs, 1H), 8.43 (t, J=5.0 Hz, 1H), 7.83 (d, J=10.0 Hz, 2H), 7.78-7.73 (m, 1H), 7.56 (d, J=10.0 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (d, J=10.0 Hz, 2H), 7.38 (d, J=10.0 Hz, 2H), 7.17-7.14 (m, 2H), 6.36-6.30 (m, 2H), 4.52-4.39 (m, 8H), 4.09-4.00 (m, 6H), 3.65-3.60 (m, 5H), 3.26-3.08 (m, 11H), 3.07-3.04 (m, 3H), 2.36-2.33 (m, 1H), 2.27-2.22 (m, 2H), 2.06-2.01 (m, 2H), 1.93-1.92 (m, 1H), 1.73-1.64 (m, 2H), 1.51-1.43 (m, 11H), 1.26-1.19 (m, 6H); HRESI-MS: Calcd. for C55H82BrN10O17, 1233.5037 [M+H]+, found: 1233.5029. - (21S,25S)—16-(4-Iodobenzyl)-1,8,15,23-tetraoxo-1-(4-((2-(4,7,10-tris(carboxymethyl)-1,4,7,10-tetraazacyclododecan-1-yl)acetamido)methyl)phenyl)-2,7,16,22,24-pentaazaheptacosane-21,25,27-tricarboxylic acid (L6). Compound L7 was prepared using the same method as described for L5. The crude product was purified by HPLC. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 8.97 (brs, 1H), 8.43 (t, J=5.0 Hz, 1H), 7.83 (d, J=10.0 Hz, 2H), 7.78-7.72 (m, 2H), 7.67 (d, J=5, 1H), 7.55 (bs, 1H), 7.39 (d, J=10.0 Hz, 2H), 7.03-6.99 (m, 2H), 6.36-6.30 (m, 2H), 4.52-4.39 (m, 4H), 4.11-4.00 (m, 6H), 3.64 (m, 4H), 3.26-3.04 (m, 14H), 2.35-2.33 (m, 1H), 2.27-2.22 (m, 3H), 2.20-2.01 (m, 2H), 1.93-1.92 (m, 1H), 1.73-1.62 (m, 2H), 1.51-1.43 (m, 11H), 1.26-1.19 (m, 6H); HRESI-MS: Calcd. for C55H82IN10O17, 1281.4899 [M+H]+, found: 1281.4889.
- (13S,17S)—8-(4-bromobenzyl)-7,15-dioxo-1-((4-((1,4,7,10-tetrakis(carboxymethyl)-1,4,7,10-tetraazacyclododecan-2-yl)methyl)phenyl)amino)-1-thioxo-2,8,14,16-tetraazanonadecane-13,17,19-tricarboxylic acid (L8). p-SCN-Bn-DOTA (12.2 mg, 17.7 μmol) was added to a stirred solution of 5a (12.2 mg) and DIPEA (15.2 μL, 87.0 umol) in DMSO (130 μL) equilibrated to 40° C. Reaction mixture was stirred at 40° C. for four hours and stored at 4° C. overnight. Reaction mixture was purified by reverse phase HPLC (hold 20% ACN for 5 min, then 20-40% over 19 minutes). Rt approximately 12 minutes. Purified fractions were combined, rotoevaporated to decrease volume, and then lyopholized. ESI-MS: 1138.37 [M+H]+, found: 1138.5. The
compound 1 was further purified by HPLC with gradient method The HPLC method is a gradient method containing a mobile phase 88% water (containing 0.1% TFA) and 22% CH3CN (0.1% TFA) for 1-5 min followed by 0-5 min water 88% water (containing 0.1% TFA) and 12% CH3CN (0.1% TFA), and from 5-25 min 88% water to 44% water and 12% acetonitrile to 56% acetonitrile withflow rate 8 mL/min. - (13S,17S)—7,15-dioxo-1-((4-((1,4,7,10-tetrakis(carboxymethyl)-1,4,7,10-tetraazacyclododecan-2-yl)methyl)phenyl)amino)-1-thioxo-2,8,14,16-tetraazanonadecane-13,17,19-tricarboxylic acid. (L7) p-SCN-Bn-DOTA (8.0 mg, 11.6 umol) was added to a stirred solution of 5a and DIPEA (10.1 uL, 58 umol) in DMSO (150 uL) equilibrated to 40° C. Reaction mixture was stirred at 40° C. for four hours followed by cooled to room temperature, dilution with water and finally was purified by reverse phase HPLC (hold 12% ACN for 5 min, then 12-32% over 20 minutes). Rt approximately 12 minutes. Purified fractions were combined, evaporated to reduce volume, and then lyopholized. M/Z calcd, 970.41. M/Z found, 970.4.. ESI-MS: 970.05[M+H]+, found: 970.1.
- (3S,7S)—12-(4-Bromobenzyl)-5,13,19-trioxo-22-(4,7,10-tris(carboxymethyl)-1,4,7,10-tetraazacyclododecan-1-yl)-4,6,12,18-tetraazadocosane-1,3,7,22-tetracarboxylic acid (L9). A suspension of DOTA-GA anhydride (0.087 g, 0.19 mmol), 8a (0.075 g, 0.13 mmol) and DIPEA (0.066 g, 0.51 mmol) sonicated at room temperature for 1 h then stirred further for 2 h at room temperature. The reaction mixture was concentrated and purified via HPLC. ESMS m/z: 1047.2 (M+H)+. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 12.66 (bs, 4H), 7.86-7.82 (m, 1H), 7.56 (d, J=10 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (d, J=10 Hz, 1H), 7.15 (m, 2H), 6.34-6.29 (m, 2H), 4.52 (s, 1H), 4.45 (s, 2H), 4.12-4.04 (m, 5H), 3.50 (m, 4H), 3.29 (m, 3H), 3.19 (m, 3H), 3.07-2.90 (m, 8H), 2.38 (m, 3H), 2.25 (m, 3H), 1.94-1.90 (m, 3H), 1.71 (m, 2H), 1.53-1.43 (m, 6H), 1.42 (m, 1H), 1.41-1.23 (m, 3H); ESMS m/z: 1047.2 (M+H)+. HRESI-MS: Calcd. for C43H65BrN8O17, 1047.3714 [M+H]+, found: 1045.3705.
- (((1S)—5-((1R,4r)-N-(4-bromobenzyl)-4-((4-carboxy-4-(4,7,10-tris(carboxymethyl)-1,4,7,10-tetraazacyclododecan-1-yl)butanamido)methyl)cyclohexane-1-carboxamido)-1-carboxypentyl)carbamoyl)-L-glutamic acid (L11) (VK03-51). A mixture of trans-4-(Fmoc-aminomethylcyclohexanecarboxylic acid) (0.069 g, 0.18 mmol), TSTU (0.055 g, 0.18 mmol) and DIPEA (0.064 g, 0.50 mmol) were stirred in DMF (1 mL) at RT for 1 h. Compound 5a (0.110 g, 0.17 mmol) was added dropwise after dilution with DMF (1 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 4 h, concentrated and purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with 2% MeOH/CH2Cl2 to provide 0.90 g (52.94%) of oily product. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 8.02 (s, 1H), 7.78 (d, J=5.0 Hz, 3H), 7.60 (d, J=10.0 Hz, 3H), 7.41 (t, J=10.0 Hz, 4H), 7.33 (d, J=10.0 Hz, 3H), 7.08 (m, 1H), 4.79 (m, 1H), 4.46 (m, 3H), 4.22 (m, 3H), 3.15 (m, 1H), 3.08 (m, 2H), 2.81 (s, 1H), 2.59 (t, J=10.0 Hz, 1H), 2.32 (m, 1H), 2.20 (s, 2H), 2.08 (m, 1H), 1.85 (m, 4H), 1.60-1.44 (m, 27H), 1.26 (s, 1H), 1.05-0.88 (m, 3H). The oily product was then dissolved in a solution of 20% piperidine/DMF and stirred for 3 h at RT under N2. The reaction mixture was concentrated and chromatographed using 10% MeOH/CH2Cl2 as eluent to provide 0.030 g (yield=42.8%) of product. ESMS m/z: 795.2 (M+H)*. The product (0.030 g, 0.04 mmol) was the added in a suspension of DOTA-GA anhydride (0.028 g, 0.05 mmol in 1 mL), and DIPEA (0.024 g, 0.18 mmol) and was sonicated at rt for 1 h followed by stirring for 2 h at RT. The reaction mixture was concentrated and purified via Sep-Pak column using 70-80% ACN/H2O as eluent. ESMS m/z: 1253.4 (M+H)+.
- (((S)-5-(N-(4-Bromobenzyl)-4-((2-(4,7,10-tris(carboxymethyl)-1,4,7,10-tetraazacyclododecan-1-yl)acetamido)methyl)benzamido)-1-carboxypentyl)carbamoyl)-L-glutamic acid (L12).
- L1 was synthesized following a multi-step organic synthesis as described in
Scheme 2. To a solution of DOTA-tBu-ester, 1 (0.4 g, 0.5 mmol in 7 mL DMF) was added p-aminomethyl benzoic acid (0.076 g, 0.5 mmol) and the solution was stirred overnight at room temperature. The resultant solution was evaporated under high vacuum. The solid residue was dissolved in 20/80 acetonitrile/water and was purified by a C18 SepPak column. The product was eluted with 60/40 and 50/50 and 40/60 acetonitrile/water fractions. The fractions were combined together and evaporated followed by lyophilization to provide a colorless solid. Yield: 0.36 g (80%). ESMS m/z: 706.5 (M+H)+. To a solution of the compound 2 (0.2 g, 0.29 mmol in DMF) was added TSTU (0.1 g, 0.34 mmol) and DMAP (0.17 g, 0.1 mmol) and was stirred overnight at room temperature. The solution was evaporated under high vacuum. The solid residue was dissolved in 20/80 acetonitrile/water and was purified by a C18 SepPak column. The product,compound 3, was eluted with 50/50 and 40/60 acetonitrile/water fractions and was lyophilized to obtain a colorless solid. Yield: 0. 23 g, 90%, ESMS m/z: 802.96 (M+H)+. Compound 3 (0.2 g, 0.23 mmol) was with dissolved in ice-cold TFA/CH2Cl2 (1:1) and stirred overnight stirring for 18 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated and purified by C18 column chromatography eluting with 50-60% acetonitrile/water to obtain 4 in good yield (0.16 g, ˜60%) after lyphilization. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 9.03 (bs, 1H), 8.09 (d, J=10.0 Hz, 2H), 7.93 (d, J=10.0 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (d, J=5.0 Hz, 3H), 7.43 (d, J=10.0 Hz, 1H), 4.49 (m, 3H), 4.04-3.99 (m, 6H), 3.66 (m, 5H), 2.91 (s, 6H), 2.09 (s, 1H), 1.54 (s, 3H), 1.23 (s, 1H); ESMS m/z: 635.3 (M+H)*.Compound 6 was synthesized by adding 4 (0.200 g, 0.36 mmol) and 5a49 (0.050 g, 0.16 mmol) in DMSO (1 mL) followed by addition of DIPEA (0.406 g, 3.65 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for overnight. The crude product was concentrated and used without further purification. A cold solution of 50% TFA/CH2Cl2 (2 mL) was added to 6 (0.050 g, 0.04 mmol) and stirred at RT for 2 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated and purified by HPLC to obtain the final product L1 in good yield. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 12.80 (brs, 3H), 8.94 (s, 1H), 7.56 (m, 3H), 7.38-7.34 (m, 4H), 7.15 (m, 1H), 6.35 (d, J=10 Hz, 2H), 4.64 (m, 4H), 4.43-4.39 (m, 5H), 4.13-3.99 (m, 7H), 3.63 (bs, 4H), 3.14 (m, 9H), 2.37-2.18 (m, 2H), 1.95-1.89 (m, 1H), 1.74-1.68 (m, 1H), 1.55-1.49 (m, 3H), 1.39-1.30 (m, 2H), 1.05 (m, 1H); HRESI-MS: Calcd. for C43H60BrNsO15, 1007.3356 [M+H]+, found: 1007.3367. - (14S,18S)-9-((6-Bromopyridin-3-yl)methyl)-2,8,16-trioxo-1-(4,7,10-tris(carboxymethyl)-1,4,7,10-tetraazacyclododecan-1-yl)-3,9,15,17-tetraazaicosane-14,18,20-tricarboxylic acid (L13) (VK02-112). 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 7.21 (m, 1H), 7.13 (m, 2H), 6.12 (bs, 1H), 5.90 (bs, 1H), 4.29 (s, 1H), 4.19-4.15 (m, 2H), 3.26 (m, 1H), 2.93 (m, 2H), 2.34-2.23 (m, 3H), 2.07-2.02 (m, 1H), 1.82-1.76 (m, 1H), 1.70-1.64 (m, 3H), 1.56-1.53 (m, 1H), 1.43-1.37 (m, 27H), 1.27 (d, J=5 Hz, 2H); ESMS m/z: 657.2 (M+H)+. Product was purified using 70-90% ACN/H2O on C-18 Sep-Pak column. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 8.25 (s, 1H), 7.49 (m, 1H), 7.43 (m, 1H), 5.95 (m, 1H), 5.36 (m, 1H), 4.80 (s, 1H), 4.51 (m, 2H), 4.36-4.33 (m, 3H), 3.24-3.09 (m, 5H), 2.40-2.29 (m, 6H), 2.10-2.05 (m, 2H), 1.85-1.76 (m, 3H), 1.72-1.66 (m, 3H), 1.60-1.36 (m, 36H); ESMS m/z: 856.3 (M+H)+. Product was purified on silica gel using 3% MeOH/CH2Cl2 as eluent. Yield 17.4% Product was purified using 50-60% ACN/H2O on C-18 Sep-Pak column. Yield 82.6% 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 8.27 (s, 1H), 7.80 (m, 1H), 7.26-7.13 (m, 1H), 6.41-6.36 (m, 1H), 4.48 (dd, J=2.0, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 4.11 (m, 2H), 3.23 (m, 1H), 2.79 (bs, 2H), 2.42 (s, 1H), 2.33-2.21 (m, 3H), 1.94 (m, 1H), 1.75-1.65 (m, 2H), 1.57-1.42 (m, 6H), 1.28-1.23 (m, 3H), 1.10 (dd, J=5, 2.5, 1.5 Hz, 1H); ESMS m/z: 588.2 (M+H)+.
- (3S,7S,26S,29R)-38-(4-iodophenyl)-5,13,20,28,35-pentaoxo-29-(2-(4,7,10-tris(carboxymethyl)-1,4,7,10-tetraazacyclododecan-1-yl)acetamido)-4,6,12,21,27,34-hexaazaoctatriacontane-1,3,7,26-tetracarboxylic acid (L14) (SR-IX-14 A).
- 5.4.2 Radiolabeling and serum stability. For each radiolabeling reaction, approximately 1 nmol of radioligand per mCi of 177Lu in 200 mM NaOAc (pH 4-5) was heated in a microwave for 5 min at 95° C. and power 40 w. The reaction solution was diluted with 300 μL water. Complexation was monitored by injecting aliquots of 20-40 μL of the solution onto the HPLC. The radiolabeled product [177Lu]X was obtained in ˜98% radiochemical yield and the radiochemical purity was >99%. All radiolabeled compounds were purified using a Phenomenex C18 Luna 10×250 mm2 column and a Agilent Prostar System (Palo Alto, Calif.), equipped with a Varian ProStar 325 UV-Vis variable wavelength detector and a Bioscan (Poway, Calif.) Flow count in-line radioactivity detector, all controlled by Galaxie software. Flow rate was 1 m/min with water (0.1% TFA) (A) and CH3CN (0.1% TFA) (B) as the eluting solvents. To ensure uniform purity isocratic solution was used to separate excess ligand from the radiolabeled compound. The specific radioactivity was calculated as the ratio of the radioactivity eluting at the retention time of product during the preparative HPLC purification to the mass corresponding to the area under the curve of the UV absorption. The purity of tested compounds as determined by analytical HPLC with absorbance at 254 nm was >95%.
- HPLC methods and HPLC chromatograms of radiolabeled were obtained (data not shown). The specific activity of the compounds was >37 MBq/nmol (n>12). The acidic eluate was neutralized with 50 μL 1 M Na2CO3 solution and the volume of the eluate was reduced under vacuum to dryness. The solid residue was diluted with saline and 2 μl of ascorbic acid (200 mg/mL) to the desired radioactivity concentration for all biological studies including biodistribution, imaging and treatment studies. Radiolabeling yield was also assessed using Silica Gel instant TLC (ITLC) with 10 mM diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid (DTPA) at the mobile phase. Three microliters of the diluted sample were spotted on an ITLC silica gel strip and allowed to develop in a chromatography chamber. Upon completion of the migration to the solvent front, the ITLC sample strips were allowed to dry, cut in half, and counted on a Wallac Wizard γ-counter (Perkin-Elmer, Boston, Mass.) to determine the radiolabeling yield. Radiochemical purity was assessed via high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) analysis.
- 5.4.3 Cell Lines. Sublines of the androgen-independent PC3 human prostate cancer cell line, originally derived from an advanced androgen independent bone metastasis, were used. Those sublines have been modified to express high levels of PSMA [PSMA-positive (+) PC3 PIP] or are devoid of target [PSMA-negative (−) PC3 flu]. They were generously provided by Dr. Warren Heston (Cleveland Clinic). Cells were grown in RPMI 1640 medium (Corning Cellgro, Manassas, Va.) containing 10% fetal bovine serum (FBS) (Sigma-Aldrich, St. Louis, Mo.) and 1% penicillin-streptomycin (Corning Cellgro, Manassas, Va.). PSMA+ PC3 PIP cells were grown in the presence of 20 μg/mL of puromycin to maintain PSMA expression. All cell cultures were maintained in an atmosphere containing 5% carbon dioxide (CO2), at 37.0° C. in a humidified incubator.
- 5.4.4 Determination of cell uptake and internalization. Cell uptake studies were performed as previously reported.50 Cells (1 million) were incubated with 37 kBq/mL (1 μCi/mL) of each radiolabeled agent in the growth medium in 6-well plates. To determine specific cell uptake, cells were pre-blocked with ZJ43 to a final concentration of 10 μM. Cellular uptake was terminated by washing with 1 mL of ice-cold PBS. After incubation at 37° C. for 20 min and 60 min, cells were washed with binding buffer, trypsinized using nonenzymatic buffer, and cell-associated activity was determined in a γ-spectrometer (1282 Compugamma CS; Pharmacia/LKB Nuclear, Inc.). For internalization assays, cells were detached using nonenzymatic buffer, and aliquots of 1 million cells per tube were incubated with 37 kBq (1 μCi) of each radiolabeled agent per milliliter for 1, 2, 4 and 24 h at 37° C. Assuming minimal receptor endocytosis at 4° C., the internalization assay was performed only with cells incubated at 37° C. At 1, 2, 4 and 24 h interval, the medium was removed and cells were washed once with binding buffer followed by a mild acidic buffer (50 mM glycine, 150 mM NaCl [pH 3.0]) at 4° C. for 5 min. Then the acidic buffer was collected, and cells were washed twice with binding buffer. Pooled washes (containing cell surface-bound 177Lu-labeled agent) and cell pellets (containing internalized 177Lu-labeled) were counted in an automated γ-counter along with the standards. All of the radioactivity values were converted into percentage of incubated dose (% ID) per million cells. Experiments were performed in triplicate and repeated 3 times. Data were fitted according to linear regression analysis using PRIZM software.
- 5.4.5 Biodistribution. Mice bearing PSMA(+) PC3 PIP and PSMA(−) PC3 flu tumor xenografts were injected via the tail vein with 1.11-1.85 MBq (30-50 μCi) of 177Lu-X in 150 μL of saline (n=4). At 10 min, 30 min, 60 min and 120 min post-injection, mice were sacrificed by cervical dislocation and the blood was immediately collected by cardiac puncture. The heart, lungs, liver, stomach, pancreas, spleen, fat, kidney, muscle, small and large intestines, urinary bladder, PSMA(+) PC3 PIP and PSMA(−) PC3 flu tumors were collected. Each organ was weighed, and the tissue radioactivity was measured with an automated gamma counter (1282 Compugamma CS, Pharmacia/LKB Nuclear, Inc., Mt. Waverly, Vic. Australia). The percentage of injected dose per gram of tissue (% ID/g) was calculated by comparison with samples of a standard dilution of the initial dose. All measurements were corrected for decay.
- 5.4.6 Blood plasma protein binding studies and metabolism in vivo. Mice (n=2/group) were administered with 177Lu-1 and 177Lu-9 radiotracers (3.7 mBq in 150 μL saline) via intravenous tail vein injections. Mice were killed 2 h post-administration. Blood was collected in heparinized tubes and centrifuged (5 minutes, 1700 g) for plasma isolation. Plasma samples (50 μL) were transferred to an ultrafiltration device [Centrifree ultrafiltration device (Millipore Sigma, USA)], and centrifuged to separate proteins. Samples of the filtrate and protein fraction were measured in the gamma counter. Additionally, ITLC was performed to evaluate radiotracer stability in the soluble blood fraction.
- 5.4.7 Small animal SPECT/CT imaging. Selected radiotracers (177Lu-1 and 177Lu-14) were imaged using the same xenograft models (n=2) bearing both PSMA(+) PC3 PIP and PSMA(−) PC3 flu tumor bearing model as used for the biodistribution studies. SPECT-CT imaging for the radiotherapeutic were performed using only PSMA(+) PC3 PIP tumor bearing mouse. Mice were anesthetized using 1% isoflurane gas in oxygen flowing at 0.6 L/min prior to and during radiopharmaceutical injection.
- Mice were injected via the tail vein with approximately 37 MBq (1 mCi) or 111 MBq (3 mCi, for the treatment study) of 177Lu-X formulated in 150 μL of saline, pH 7. After allowing for 2 h of radiopharmaceutical uptake, anesthetized mice were placed on the scanner gantry and secured with medical tape while the anesthetic flow was increased to 0.8 L/min. Body temperature of the mice was maintained by covering them with several layers of Chux disposable pads and illumination with a dissection lamp during scanning. Single-pinhole median-energy (PHME) collimators with aperture size of 1.0 mm, and stepwise rotation for 64 projection angles in a full 3600 rotation, 45 s increments were used for SPECT imaging. The radius of rotation (ROR) was set at 6.5 cm, which provided a field of view of 7.5 cm to cover the mouse body from head to bladder. A
CT 14 scan was performed prior to scintigraphy for both anatomical coregistration and attenuation correction. A total of 512 projections were acquired in a 2-min continuous rotation mode covering a full 360° rotation. Data were reconstructed and fused using commercial software from the vendor (GammaMedica). Data were analyzed using AMIDE software. - 5.4.8 Tumor radiopharmaceutical therapy. Antitumor efficacy studies were performed in PC3 PIP flank tumor growth delay model to evaluate the therapeutic efficacy of a single dose intravenous injection of 177Lu-L1, 177Lu-L3, 177Lu-L5 and 177Lu-PSMA-617 vs. saline. This was a head-to-head comparison study and same batch of tumor-bearing mice and radioactivity. The study was commenced 14-18 days post-inoculation of the xenografts, when all the mice had tumor volume of about ˜60-85 mm3 (Table 8). All the living mice were monitored for 8 weeks to monitor the growth delay. Mice body weight and tumor volume were monitored every 3 days throughout the experiment. Endpoint criteria defined by the institute ACUC was weight loss ≥15%, a tumor volume >1800 mm3, active ulceration of the tumor or abnormal behavior indicating pain or unease. After 8-weeks, three mice from each group were submitted for detail necropsy and blood analysis. Mice group treated with 177Lu-1 and 177Lu-PSMA-617 were continued to monitor until the endpoint. These definitions were also used for Kaplan-Meier analysis. The probability of reaching 5 times the initial tumor volume was characterized using Kaplan-Meier curves, and comparison was performed using the log-rank test. The formula used for calculation of tumor volume was V=width2×length/2. Toxicity of the 177Lu-treatment groups after 8-weeks and in healthy CD-1 (n=3) mice treated with 111 MBq was evaluated by pathologic examination at the Johns Hopkins Pathology Core facility with serum metabolic panel, blood counts, and full necropsy including detailed histopathology of kidneys, salivary glands and lacrimal glands.
- 5.4.9 Data Analysis. Data are expressed as mean±standard deviation (SD). Prism software (GraphPAD, San Diego, Calif.) was used to determine statistical significance. Statistical significance was calculated using a paired t test. A P-value <0.05 was considered significant.
-
- 1. Kiess, A. P.; Banerjee, S. R.; Mease, R. C.; Rowe, S. P.; Rao, A.; Foss, C. A.; Chen, Y.; Yang, X.; Cho, S. Y.; Nimmagadda, S.; Pomper, M. G. Prostate-specific membrane antigen as a target for cancer imaging and therapy. Quarterly journal of nuclear medicine and molecular imaging 2015, 59, 241-68.
- 2. Haberkorn, U.; Eder, M.; Kopka, K.; Babich, J. W.; Eisenhut, M. New Strategies in Prostate Cancer: Prostate-Specific Membrane Antigen (PSMA) Ligands for Diagnosis and Therapy. Clinical cancer research 2016, 22, 9-15.
- 3. Sterzing, F.; Kratochwil, C.; Fiedler, H.; Katayama, S.; Habl, G.; Kopka, K.; Afshar-Oromieh, A.; Debus, J.; Haberkorn, U.; Giesel, F. L. (68)Ga-PSMA-11 PET/CT: a new technique with high potential for the radiotherapeutic management of prostate cancer patients. Eur J Nucl Med Mol Imaging 2016, 43, 34-41.
- 4. Rowe, S. P.; Macura, K. J.; Ciarallo, A.; Mena, E.; Blackford, A.; Nadal, R.; Antonarakis, E. S.; Eisenberger, M. A.; Carducci, M. A.; Ross, A. E.; Kantoff, P. W.; Holt, D. P.; Dannals, R. F.; Mease, R. C.; Pomper, M. G.; Cho, S. Y. Comparison of Prostate-Specific Membrane Antigen-Based 18F-DCFBC PET/CT to Conventional Imaging Modalities for Detection of Hormone-Naïve and Castration-Resistant Metastatic Prostate Cancer. Journal of nuclear medicine 2016, 57, 46-53.
- 5. Benesova, M.; Schafer, M.; Bauder-Wust, U.; Afshar-Oromieh, A.; Kratochwil, C.; Mier, W.; Haberkorn, U.; Kopka, K.; Eder, M. Preclinical Evaluation of a Tailor-Made DOTA-Conjugated PSMA Inhibitor with Optimized Linker Moiety for Imaging and Endoradiotherapy of Prostate Cancer. Journal of
Nuclear Medicine 2015, 56, 914-20. - 6. Herrmann, K.; Bluemel, C.; Weineisen, M.; Schottelius, M.; Wester, H. J.; Czernin, J.; Eberlein, U.; Beykan, S.; Lapa, C.; Riedmiller, H.; Krebs, M.; Kropf, S.; Schirbel, A.; Buck, A. K.; Lassmann, M. Biodistribution and radiation dosimetry for a probe targeting prostate-specific membrane antigen for imaging and therapy. Journal of
nuclear medicine 2015, 56, 855-61. - 7. Weineisen, M.; Schottelius, M.; Simecek, J.; Baum, R. P.; Yildiz, A.; Beykan, S.; Kulkarni, H. R.; Lassmann, M.; Klette, I.; Eiber, M.; Schwaiger, M.; Wester, H. J. 68Ga- and 177Lu-labeled PSMA I&T: Optimization of a PSMA targeted theranostic concept and first proof of concept human studies. Journal of
nuclear medicine 2015, 56, 1169-76. - 8. Kratochwil, C.; Giesel, F. L.; Eder, M.; Afshar-Oromieh, A.; Benesova, M.; Mier, W.; Kopka, K.; Haberkorn, U. [(1)(7)(7)Lu]Lutetium-labelled PSMA ligand-induced remission in a patient with metastatic prostate cancer. Eur J Nucl Med Mol Imaging 2015, 42, 987-8.
- 9. Afshar-Oromieh, A.; Hetzheim, H.; Kratochwil, C.; Benesova, M.; Eder, M.; Neels, O. C.; Eisenhut, M.; Kubler, W.; Holland-Letz, T.; Giesel, F. L.; Mier, W.; Kopka, K.; Haberkorn, U. The Theranostic PSMA Ligand PSMA-617 in the Diagnosis of Prostate Cancer by PET/CT: Biodistribution in Humans, Radiation Dosimetry, and First Evaluation of Tumor Lesions. Journal of
Nuclear Medicine 2015, 56, 1697-1705. - 10. Soydal, C.; Ozkan, E.; Akyurek, S.; Kucuk, N. O. Marked Response to 177Lu Prostate-Specific Membrane Antigen Treatment in Patient With Metastatic Prostate Cancer. Clinical nuclear medicine 2016, 41, 159-60.
- 11. Baum R. P., K., H. R., Schuchardt C., Singh A., Weineisen M., Wiessalla S., Schottelius M., Mueller D., Klette I., Wester H.-J. Lutetium-177 PSMA Radioligand Therapy of Metastatic Castration-Resistant Prostate Cancer: Safety and Efficacy. Journal of nuclear medicine 2016, In Press.
- 12. Hillier, S.; Rubino, K.; Maresca, K.; Marquis, J.; Tesson, M.; Zimmerman, C.; Eckelman, W.; Mairs, R.; Joyal, J.; Babich, J. [131I]MIP-1466, a small molecule prostate-specific membrane antigen (PSMA) inhibitor for targeted radiotherapy of prostate cancer (PCa). Journal of nuclear medicine meeting abstract 2012, 53, 170.
- 13. Zechmann, C. M.; Afshar-Oromieh, A.; Armor, T.; Stubbs, J. B.; Mier, W.; Hadaschik, B.; Joyal, J.; Kopka, K.; Debus, J.; Babich, J. W.; Haberkorn, U. Radiation dosimetry and first therapy results with a (124)I/(131)I-labeled small molecule (MIP-1095) targeting PSMA for prostate cancer therapy. Eur J Nucl Med Mol Imaging 2014, 41, 1280-92.
- 14. Haberkorn, U.; Afshar-Oromieh, A.; Giesel, F.; Kopka, K.; Eder, M.; Babich, J.; Kratochwil, C. P8.01PSMA ligands for diagnosis and therapy of prostate cancer. Annals of Oncology 2015, 26, ii33.
- 15. Trover, J. K.; Beckett, M. L.; Wright, G. L. Detection and characterization of the prostate-specific membrane antigen (PSMA) in tissue extracts and body fluids. International Journal of Cancer 1995, 62, 552-558.
- 16. Ray Banerjee, S.; Pullambhatla, M.; Foss, C. A.; Falk, A.; Byun, Y.; Nimmagadda, S.; Mease, R. C.; Pomper, M. G. Effect of chelators on the pharmacokinetics of (99m)Tc-labeled imaging agents for the prostate-specific membrane antigen (PSMA). Journal of
medicinal chemistry 2013, 56, 6108-21. - 17. Banerjee, S. R.; Pullambhatla, M.; Foss, C. A.; Nimmagadda, S.; Ferdani, R.; Anderson, C. J.; Mease, R. C.; Pomper, M. G. (6)(4)Cu-labeled inhibitors of prostate-specific membrane antigen for PET imaging of prostate cancer. Journal of medicinal chemistry 2014, 57, 2657-69.
- 18. Eder, M.; Schaefer, M.; Bauder-Wuest, U.; Hull, W.-E.; Waengler, C.; Mier, W.; Haberkorn, U.; Eisenhut, M. 68Ga-Complex Lipophilicity and the Targeting Property of a Urea-Based PSMA Inhibitor for PET Imaging.
Bioconjugate Chemistry 2012, 23, 688-697. - 19. Afshar-Oromieh, A.; Haberkorn, U.; Schlemmer, H. P.; Fenchel, M.; Eder, M.; Eisenhut, M.; Hadaschik, B. A.; Kopp-Schneider, A.; Rothke, M. Comparison of PET/CT and PET/MRI hybrid systems using a 68Ga-labelled PSMA ligand for the diagnosis of recurrent prostate cancer: initial experience. Eur J Nucl Med Mol Imaging 2014, 41, 887-97.
- 20. Afshar-Oromieh, A.; Avtzi, E.; Giesel, F.; Holland-Letz, T.; Linhart, H.; Eder, M.; Eisenhut, M.; Boxler, S.; Hadaschik, B.; Kratochwil, C.; Weichert, W.; Kopka, K.; Debus, J.; Haberkorn, U. The diagnostic value of PET/CT imaging with the 68Ga-labelled PSMA ligand HBED-CC in the diagnosis of recurrent prostate cancer. European Journal of Nuclear Medicine and Molecular Imaging 2015, 42, 197-209.
- 21. Banerjee, S. R.; Foss, C. A.; Castanares, M.; Mease, R. C.; Byun, Y.; Fox, J. J.; Hilton, J.; Lupold, S. E.; Kozikowski, A. P.; Pomper, M. G. Synthesis and evaluation of technetium-99m- and rhenium-labeled inhibitors of the prostate-specific membrane antigen (PSMA). Journal of medicinal chemistry 2008, 51, 4504-17.
- 22. Choy, C. J.; Ling, X.; Geruntho, J. J.; Beyer, S. K.; Latoche, J. D.; Langton-Webster, B.; Anderson, C. J.; Berkman, C. E. (177)Lu-Labeled Phosphoramidate-Based PSMA Inhibitors: The Effect of an Albumin Binder on Biodistribution and Therapeutic Efficacy in Prostate Tumor-Bearing Mice. Theranostics 2017, 7, 1928-1939.
- 23. Benesova, M.; Umbricht, C. A.; Schibli, R.; Muller, C. Albumin-Binding PSMA Ligands: Optimization of the Tissue Distribution Profile.
Mol Pharm 2018, 15, 934-946. - 24. Umbricht, C. A.; Benesova, M.; Schibli, R.; Muller, C. Preclinical Development of Novel PSMA-Targeting Radioligands: Modulation of Albumin-Binding Properties To Improve Prostate Cancer Therapy. Mol Pharm 2018.
- 25. Kelly, J.; Amor-Coarasa, A.; Ponnala, S.; Nikolopoulou, A.; Williams, C., Jr.; Schlyer, D.; Zhao, Y.; Kim, D.; Babich, J. W. Trifunctional PSMA-targeting constructs for prostate cancer with unprecedented localization to LNCaP tumors. Eur J Nucl Med Mol Imaging 2018.
- 26. Banerjee, S. R.; Foss, C. A.; Pullambhatla, M.; Wang, Y.; Srinivasan, S.; Hobbs, R. F.; Baidoo, K. E.; Brechbiel, M. W.; Nimmagadda, S.; Mease, R. C.; Sgouros, G.; Pomper, M. G. Preclinical evaluation of 86Y-labeled inhibitors of prostate-specific membrane antigen for dosimetry estimates. Journal of
nuclear medicine 2015, 56, 628-34. - 27. Kulkarni, H. R.; Singh, A.; Schuchardt, C.; Niepsch, K.; Sayeg, M.; Leshch, Y.; Wester, H. J.; Baum, R. P. PSMA-Based Radioligand Therapy for Metastatic Castration-Resistant Prostate Cancer: The Bad Berka Experience Since 2013. Journal of nuclear medicine 2016, 57, 97s-104s.
- 28. Hillier, S. M.; Kern, A. M.; Maresca, K. P.; Marquis, J. C.; Eckelman, W. C.; Joyal, J. L.; Babich, J. W. 123I-MIP-1072, a small-molecule inhibitor of prostate-specific membrane antigen, is effective at monitoring tumor response to taxane therapy. Journal of nuclear medicine 2011, 52, 1087-93.
- 29. Chen, Y.; Pullambhatla, M.; Foss, C. A.; Byun, Y.; Nimmagadda, S.; Senthamizhchelvan, S.; Sgouros, G.; Mease, R. C.; Pomper, M. G. 2-(3-{1-Carboxy-5-[(6-[18F]fluoro-pyridine-3-carbonyl)-amino]-pentyl}-ureido)-pen tanedioic acid, [18F]DCFPyL, a PSMA-based PET imaging agent for prostate cancer.
Clinical cancer research 2011, 17, 7645-53. - 30. Chen, Y.; Foss, C. A.; Byun, Y.; Nimmagadda, S.; Pullambahatla, M.; Fox, J. J.; Castanares, M.; Lupold, S. E.; Babich, J. W.; Mease, R. C.; Pomper, M. G. Radiohalogenated Prostate-Specific Membrane Antigen (PSMA)-Based Ureas as Imaging Agents for Prostate Cancer. Journal of Medicinal Chemistry 2008, 51, 7933-7943.
- 31. Kiess, A. P.; Minn, I.; Vaidyanathan, G.; Hobbs, R. F.; Josefsson, A.; Shen, C.; Brummet, M.; Chen, Y.; Choi, J.; Koumarianou, E.; Baidoo, K.; Brechbiel, M. W.; Mease, R. C.; Sgouros, G.; Zalutsky, M. R.; Pomper, M. G. (2S)-2-(3-(1-Carboxy-5-(4-211At-Astatobenzamido)Pentyl)Ureido)-Pentanedioic Acid for PSMA-Targeted alpha-Particle Radiopharmaceutical Therapy. Journal of nuclear medicine 2016, 57, 1569-1575.
- 32. Szabo, Z.; Mena, E.; Rowe, S.; Plyku, D.; Nidal, R.; Eisenberger, M.; Antonarakis, E.; Fan, H.; Dannals, R.; Chen, Y.; Mease, R.; Vranesic, M.; Bhatnagar, A.; Sgouros, G.; Cho, S.; Pomper, M. Initial Evaluation of [18F]DCFPyL for Prostate-Specific Membrane Antigen (PSMA)-Targeted PET Imaging of Prostate Cancer. Molecular Imaging and Biology 2015, 1-10.
- 33. Muller, C.; Struthers, H.; Winiger, C.; Zhernosekov, K.; Schibli, R. DOTA conjugate with an albumin-binding entity enables the first folic acid-targeted 177Lu-radionuclide tumor therapy in mice.
J Nucl Med 2013, 54, 124-31. - 34. Tykvart, J.; Schimer, J.; Barinkova, J.; Pachl, P.; Postova-Slavetinska, L.; Majer, P.; Konvalinka, J.; Sacha, P. Rational design of urea-based glutamate carboxypeptidase II (GCPII) inhibitors as versatile tools for specific drug targeting and delivery. Bioorganic & medicinal chemistry 2014, 22, 4099-108.
- 35. Banerjee, S. R.; Pullambhatla, M.; Byun, Y.; Nimmagadda, S.; Foss, C. A.; Green, G.; Fox, J. J.; Lupold, S. E.; Mease, R. C.; Pomper, M. G. Sequential SPECT and optical imaging of experimental models of prostate cancer with a dual modality inhibitor of the prostate-specific membrane antigen. Angewandte
Chemie International Edition 2011, 50, 9167-70. - 36. Banerjee, S. R.; Pullambhatla, M.; Byun, Y.; Nimmagadda, S.; Green, G.; Fox, J. J.; Horti, A.; Mease, R. C.; Pomper, M. G. 68Ga-labeled inhibitors of prostate-specific membrane antigen (PSMA) for imaging prostate cancer. Journal of medicinal chemistry 2010, 53, 5333-41.
- 37. Banerjee, S. R.; Pullambhatla, M.; Byun, Y.; Nimmagadda, S.; Foss, C. A.; Green, G.; Fox, J. J.; Lupold, S. E.; Mease, R. C.; Pomper, M. G. Sequential SPECT and Optical Imaging of Experimental Models of Prostate Cancer with a Dual Modality Inhibitor of the Prostate-Specific Membrane Antigen.
Angewandte Chemie 2011, 50, 9167-70. - 38. Banerjee, S. R.; Pullambhatla, M.; Shallal, H.; Lisok, A.; Mease, R. C.; Pomper, M. G. A modular strategy to prepare multivalent inhibitors of prostate-specific membrane antigen (PSMA).
Oncotarget 2011, 2, 1244-53. - 39. Chen, Y.; Dhara, S.; Banerjee, S. R.; Byun, Y.; Pullambhatla, M.; Mease, R. C.; Pomper, M. G. A low molecular weight PSMA-based fluorescent imaging agent for cancer. Biochemical and biophysical research communications 2009, 390, 624-9.
- 40. Chen, Y.; Pullambhatla, M.; Banerjee, S. R.; Byun, Y.; Stathis, M.; Rojas, C.; Slusher, B. S.; Mease, R. C.; Pomper, M. G. Synthesis and biological evaluation of low molecular weight fluorescent imaging agents for the prostate-specific membrane antigen.
Bioconjug Chem 2012, 23, 2377-85. - 41. Ray Banerjee, S.; Pullambhatla, M.; Foss, C. A.; Falk, A.; Byun, Y.; Nimmagadda, S.; Mease, R. C.; Pomper, M. G. Effect of chelators on the pharmacokinetics of (99m)Tc-labeled imaging agents for the prostate-specific membrane antigen (PSMA).
J Med Chem 2013, 56, 6108-21. - 42. Shallal, H. M.; Minn, I.; Banerjee, S. R.; Lisok, A.; Mease, R. C.; Pomper, M. G. Heterobivalent agents targeting PSMA and integrin-alphavbeta3.
Bioconjug Chem 2014, 25, 393-405. - 43. Dennis, M. S.; Jin, H.; Dugger, D.; Yang, R.; McFarland, L.; Ogasawara, A.; Williams, S.; Cole, M. J.; Ross, S.; Schwall, R. Imaging tumors with an albumin-binding Fab, a novel tumor-targeting agent. Cancer research 2007, 67, 254-61.
- 44. Dennis, M. S.; Zhang, M.; Meng, Y. G.; Kadkhodayan, M.; Kirchhofer, D.; Combs, D.; Damico, L. A. Albumin binding as a general strategy for improving the pharmacokinetics of proteins. The Journal of biological chemistry 2002, 277, 35035-43.
- 45. Chatalic, K. L.; Heskamp, S.; Konijnenberg, M.; Molkenboer-Kuenen, J. D.; Franssen, G. M.; Clahsen-van Groningen, M. C.; Schottelius, M.; Wester, H. J.; van Weerden, W. M.; Boerman, O. C.; de Jong, M. Towards Personalized Treatment of Prostate Cancer: PSMA I&T, a Promising Prostate-Specific Membrane Antigen-Targeted Theranostic Agent.
Theranostics 2016, 6, 849-61. - 46. Chang, S. S. Overview of Prostate-Specific Membrane Antigen. Reviews in
Urology 2004, 6, S13-518. - 47. Kratochwil, C.; Bruchertseifer, F.; Rathke, H.; Bronzel, M.; Apostolidis, C.; Weichert, W.; Haberkom, U.; Giesel, F. L.; Morgenstern, A. Targeted Alpha Therapy of mCRPC with 225Actinium-PSMA-617: Dosimetry estimate and empirical dose finding. Journal of Nuclear Medicine 2017.
- 48. Song, H.; Hobbs, R. F.; Vajravelu, R.; Huso, D. L.; Esaias, C.; Apostolidis, C.; Morgenstern, A.; Sgouros, G. Radioimmunotherapy of breast cancer metastases with alpha-particle emitter 225Ac: comparing efficacy with 213Bi and 90Y. Cancer Res 2009, 69, 8941-8.
- 49. Tykvart, J.; Schimer, J.; Bařinková, J.; Pachl, P.; Poštová-Slavětínská, L.; Majer, P.; Konvalinka, J.; Šácha, P. Rational design of urea-based glutamate carboxypeptidase II (GCPII) inhibitors as versatile tools for specific drug targeting and delivery. Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry 2014, 22, 4099-4108.
- 50. Ray Banerjee, S.; Chen, Z.; Pullambhatla, M.; Lisok, A.; Chen, J.; Mease, R. C.; Pomper, M. G. Preclinical Comparative Study of (68)Ga-Labeled DOTA, NOTA, and HBED-CC Chelated Radiotracers for Targeting PSMA. Bioconjugate chemistry 2016, 27, 1447-55.
- All publications, patent applications, patents, and other references mentioned in the specification are indicative of the level of those skilled in the art to which the presently disclosed subject matter pertains. All publications, patent applications, patents, and other references (e.g., websites, databases, etc.) mentioned in the specification are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety to the same extent as if each individual publication, patent application, patent, and other reference was specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference. It will be understood that, although a number of patent applications, patents, and other references are referred to herein, such reference does not constitute an admission that any of these documents forms part of the common general knowledge in the art. In case of a conflict between the specification and any of the incorporated references, the specification (including any amendments thereof, which may be based on an incorporated reference), shall control. Standard art-accepted meanings of terms are used herein unless indicated otherwise. Standard abbreviations for various terms are used herein.
- International PCT Patent Application No. PCT/US2008/007947 to Pomper, M. G., Ray, S., Mease, R. C., Foss, C. for Labeled inhibitors of prostate specific membrane antigen (PSMA), biological evaluation, and use as imaging agents, published 2008 Dec. 31 (WO 2009/002529 A2);
- International PCT Patent Application No. PCT/US2008/013158 to Chandran S. S., Ray S., Denmeade S. R., Pomper M. G., Mease R. C. for Prostate specific membrane antigen targeted nanoparticles for therapy of prostate cancer, published 2009 Jun. 4 (WO 2009070302 A1);
- International PCT Patent Application Publication No. PCT/US2010/028020 to Pomper M. G., Mease R. C.; Ray S., Chen Y. for PSMA-targeting compounds and uses thereof, published 2010 Sep. 23 (WO 2010108125 A2);
- Banerjee, S. R., Foss, C. A., Pullambhatla, M., Wang, Y., Srinivasan, S., Hobbs, R. F., Baidoo, K. E., Brechbiel, M. W., Nimmagadda, S., Mease, R. C., Sgouros, G., and Pomper, M. G. (2015) Preclinical evaluation of 86Y-labeled inhibitors of prostate-specific membrane antigen for dosimetry estimates. Journal of
nuclear medicine 56, 628-34; - Banerjee, S. R., Pullambhatla, M., Byun, Y., Nimmagadda, S., Green, G., Fox, J. J., Horti, A., Mease, R. C., and Pomper, M. G. (2010) 68Ga-labeled inhibitors of prostate-specific membrane antigen (PSMA) for imaging prostate cancer. J Med Chem 53, 5333-5341;
- Banerjee, S. R., Pullambhatla, M., Byun, Y., Nimmagadda, S., Foss, C. A., Green, G., Fox, J. J., Lupold, S. E., Mease, R. C., and Pomper, M. G. (2011) Sequential SPECT and optical imaging of experimental models of prostate cancer with a dual modality inhibitor of the prostate-specific membrane antigen. Angewandte
Chemie International Edition 50, 9167-9170; - Banerjee, S. R., Pullambhatla, M., Shallal, H., Lisok, A., Mease, R. C., and Pomper, M. G. (2011) A modular strategy to prepare multivalent inhibitors of prostate-specific membrane antigen (PSMA).
Oncotarget 2, 1244-1253; - Ray Banerjee, S., Pullambhatla, M., Foss, C. A., Falk, A., Byun, Y., Nimmagadda, S., Mease, R. C., and Pomper, M. G. (2013) Effect of chelators on the pharmacokinetics of (99m)Tc-labeled imaging agents for the prostate-specific membrane antigen (PSMA).
J Med Chem 56, 6108-6121; - Banerjee, S. R., Pullambhatla, M., Foss, C. A., Nimmagadda, S., Ferdani, R., Anderson, C. J., Mease, R. C., and Pomper, M. G. (2014) (6)(4)Cu-labeled inhibitors of prostate-specific membrane antigen for PET imaging of prostate cancer. J Med Chem 57, 2657-2669;
- Ray Banerjee, S., Chen, Z., Pullambhatla, M., Lisok, A., Chen, J., Mease, R. C., and Pomper, M. G. (2016) Preclinical Comparative Study of (68)Ga-Labeled DOTA, NOTA, and HBED-CC Chelated Radiotracers for Targeting PSMA. Bioconjug Chem 27, 1447-1455;
- Benesova, M., Schafer, M., Bauder-Wust, U., Afshar-Oromieh, A., Kratochwil, C., Mier, W., Haberkorn, U., Kopka, K., and Eder, M. (2015) Preclinical Evaluation of a Tailor-Made DOTA-Conjugated PSMA Inhibitor with Optimized Linker Moiety for Imaging and Endoradiotherapy of Prostate Cancer. Journal of
nuclear medicine 56, 914-20; - Tykvart, J., Schimer, J., Jancarik, A., Barinkova, J., Navratil, V., Starkova, J., Sramkova, K., Konvalinka, J., Majer, P., and Sacha, P. (2015) Design of Highly Potent Urea-Based, Exosite-Binding Inhibitors Selective for Glutamate Carboxypeptidase II. Journal of medicinal chemistry 58, 4357-63;
- Weineisen, M., Simecek, J., Schottelius, M., Schwaiger, M., and Wester, H.-J. (2014) Synthesis and preclinical evaluation of DOTAGA-conjugated PSMA ligands for functional imaging and endoradiotherapy of prostate cancer.
EJNMMI Res 4, 1-15. - Although the foregoing subject matter has been described in some detail by way of illustration and example for purposes of clarity of understanding, it will be understood by those skilled in the art that certain changes and modifications can be practiced within the scope of the appended claims.
Claims (19)
1. A compound of Formula (I):
wherein:
Z is tetrazole or CO2Q;
Q is H or a protecting group;
m is an integer selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5;
R is independently H or —CH2—R1;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of substituted aryl, substituted pyridine, and unsubstituted isoquinoline;
L is a linker selected from the group consisting of C1-C6 alkylene and C3-C6 cycloalkylene, and arylene;
W is selected from the group consisting of —NR2—(C═O)—, —NR2—(C═S)—, —(C═O)—NR2—, and —(C═S)—NR2—; wherein each occurrence of L and W can be the same or different;
R2 is H or a C1-C4 alkyl;
n is an integer selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, and 3;
Ch is a chelating agent that can comprise a metal or a radiometal;
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
4. The compound of claim 1 , wherein the metal chelating agent comprises a metal selected from the group consisting of: Y, Lu, Tc, Zr, In, Sm, Re, Cu, Pb, Ac, Bi, Al, Ga, Re, Ho and Sc.
5. The compound of claim 4 , wherein the metal is a radiometal and is selected from the group consisting of: 68Ga, 64Cu, 86Y, 90Y, 89Zr, 111In, 99mTc, 177Lu, 153Sm, 186Re, 188Re, 67Cu, 212Pb, 225Ac, 213Bi, 212Bi, 212Pb, 67Ga, 203Pb, 47Sc, and 166Ho.
7. A method for treating one or more PSMA expressing tumors or cells, the method comprising contacting the one or more PSMA expressing tumors or cells with an effective amount of a compound of formula (I), the compound of formula (I) comprising:
wherein:
Z is tetrazole or CO2Q;
Q is H or a protecting group;
m is an integer selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5;
R is independently H or —CH2—R1;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of substituted aryl, substituted pyridine, and unsubstituted isoquinoline;
L is a linker selected from the group consisting of C1-C6 alkylene and C3-C6 cycloalkylene, and arylene;
W is selected from the group consisting of —NR2—(C═O)—, —NR2—(C═S)—, —(C═O)—NR2—, and —(C═S)—NR2—; wherein each occurrence of L and W can be the same or different;
R2 is H or a C1-C4 alkyl;
n is an integer selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, and 3;
Ch is a chelating agent that comprises a radiometal suitable for radiotherapy;
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
10. The method of claim 7 , wherein the radiometal is selected from the group consisting of: 90Y 177Lu, 211At 111In, 153Sm, 186Re, 188Re, 67Cu, 212Pb, 225Ac, 213Bi, 212Bi, 212Pb, and 67Ga.
12. The method of claim 7 , wherein the one or more PSMA-expressing tumor or cell is selected from the group consisting of: a prostate tumor or cell, a metastasized prostate tumor or cell, a lung tumor or cell, a renal tumor or cell, a glioblastoma, a pancreatic tumor or cell, a bladder tumor or cell, a sarcoma, a melanoma, a breast tumor or cell, a colon tumor or cell, a germ cell, a pheochromocytoma, an esophageal tumor or cell, a stomach tumor or cell, and combinations thereof.
13. The method of claim 7 , wherein the one or more PSMA-expressing tumor or cell is a prostate tumor or cell.
14. The method of claim 7 , wherein the one or more PSMA-expressing tumor or cell is in vitro, in vivo, or ex vivo.
15. The method of claim 7 , wherein the one or more PSMA-expressing tumor or cell is present in a subject.
16. The method of claim 15 , wherein the subject is human.
17. The method of claim 7 , wherein the method results in inhibition of the tumor growth.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US18/049,288 US20230147035A1 (en) | 2017-05-30 | 2022-10-24 | Prostate-specific membrane antigen targeted high-affinity agents for endoradiotherapy of prostate cancer |
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US201762512515P | 2017-05-30 | 2017-05-30 | |
PCT/US2018/035220 WO2018222778A1 (en) | 2017-05-30 | 2018-05-30 | Prostate-specific membrane antigen targeted high-affinity agents for endoradiotherapy of prostate cancer |
US201916617244A | 2019-11-26 | 2019-11-26 | |
US18/049,288 US20230147035A1 (en) | 2017-05-30 | 2022-10-24 | Prostate-specific membrane antigen targeted high-affinity agents for endoradiotherapy of prostate cancer |
Related Parent Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/US2018/035220 Continuation WO2018222778A1 (en) | 2017-05-30 | 2018-05-30 | Prostate-specific membrane antigen targeted high-affinity agents for endoradiotherapy of prostate cancer |
US16/617,244 Continuation US11478558B2 (en) | 2017-05-30 | 2018-05-30 | Prostate-specific membrane antigen targeted high-affinity agents for endoradiotherapy of prostate cancer |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20230147035A1 true US20230147035A1 (en) | 2023-05-11 |
Family
ID=64455570
Family Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US16/617,244 Active US11478558B2 (en) | 2017-05-30 | 2018-05-30 | Prostate-specific membrane antigen targeted high-affinity agents for endoradiotherapy of prostate cancer |
US18/049,288 Pending US20230147035A1 (en) | 2017-05-30 | 2022-10-24 | Prostate-specific membrane antigen targeted high-affinity agents for endoradiotherapy of prostate cancer |
Family Applications Before (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US16/617,244 Active US11478558B2 (en) | 2017-05-30 | 2018-05-30 | Prostate-specific membrane antigen targeted high-affinity agents for endoradiotherapy of prostate cancer |
Country Status (5)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (2) | US11478558B2 (en) |
EP (1) | EP3630733A4 (en) |
JP (2) | JP2020522506A (en) |
CN (1) | CN111032632B (en) |
WO (1) | WO2018222778A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (12)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
AU2019217838C1 (en) * | 2018-02-06 | 2024-05-02 | Duke University | PSMA targeted radiohalogenated urea-polyaminocarboxylates for cancer radiotherapy |
US20230226227A1 (en) * | 2019-07-02 | 2023-07-20 | Advanced Accelerator Applications (Italy) Srl | Prostate specific membrane antigen (psma) ligands and uses thereof |
US20220273826A1 (en) * | 2019-07-02 | 2022-09-01 | Novartis Ag | Prostate specific membrane antigen (psma) ligands and uses thereof |
WO2021202376A1 (en) * | 2020-03-30 | 2021-10-07 | The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services | Method for blocking uptake of prostate-specific membrane antigen (psma)-targeted radionuclides by exocrine organs |
WO2021217122A1 (en) * | 2020-04-24 | 2021-10-28 | Radiomedix, Inc. | Composition, kit and method for diagnosis and treatment of prostate cancer |
EP4204020A1 (en) * | 2020-08-31 | 2023-07-05 | Advanced Accelerator Applications International S.A. | Method of treating psma-expressing cancers |
EP4204021A1 (en) * | 2020-08-31 | 2023-07-05 | Advanced Accelerator Applications International S.A. | Method of treating psma-expressing cancers |
WO2022043556A1 (en) * | 2020-08-31 | 2022-03-03 | Novartis Ag | Stable radiopharmaceutical composition |
EP4255891A1 (en) * | 2020-12-04 | 2023-10-11 | The Regents of University of California | Peptide receptor radionuclide therapy |
CN113077840B (en) * | 2021-04-21 | 2023-01-31 | 四川大学 | Comparison method of metalloenzyme active sites based on pharmacophore and alpha-carbon characteristics |
WO2023152671A1 (en) * | 2022-02-09 | 2023-08-17 | Novartis Ag | Pharmaceutical compositions comprising a 225-actinium-labelled complex and a bismuth sequestering agent |
WO2023240135A2 (en) | 2022-06-07 | 2023-12-14 | Actinium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Bifunctional chelators and conjugates |
Family Cites Families (15)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CA2926573C (en) | 2007-06-26 | 2018-08-28 | The Johns Hopkins University | Labeled inhibitors of prostate specific membrane antigen (psma), biological evaluation, and use as imaging agents |
US9422234B2 (en) | 2007-11-30 | 2016-08-23 | The Johns Hopkins University | Prostate specific membrane antigen (PSMA) targeted nanoparticles for therapy of prostate cancer |
RU2539565C2 (en) * | 2008-12-05 | 2015-01-20 | Моликьюлар Инсайт Фармасьютикалз, Инк. | Ca-ix specific radiopharmaceutical agents for treating and imaging malignant tumours |
US9056841B2 (en) * | 2009-03-19 | 2015-06-16 | The Johns Hopkins University | PSMA-targeting compounds and uses thereof |
CA2844151C (en) * | 2011-08-05 | 2022-11-29 | John W. Babich | Radiolabeled prostate specific membrane antigen inhibitors |
CN113149921A (en) * | 2011-11-30 | 2021-07-23 | 约翰霍普金斯大学 | Homogenic and xenogenic multivalent inhibitors of Prostate Specific Membrane Antigen (PSMA) and uses thereof |
HUE035739T2 (en) * | 2013-01-14 | 2018-05-28 | Molecular Insight Pharm Inc | Triazine based radiopharmaceuticals and radioimaging agents |
EP2862857A1 (en) * | 2013-10-18 | 2015-04-22 | Deutsches Krebsforschungszentrum | Labeled inhibitors of prostate specific membrane antigen (PSMA), their use as imaging agents and pharmaceutical agents for the treatment of prostate cancer |
LT4095130T (en) * | 2013-10-18 | 2024-04-25 | Novartis Ag | Labeled inhibitors of prostate specific membrane antigen (psma), their use as imaging agents and pharmaceutical agents for the treatment of prostate cancer |
US10683272B2 (en) * | 2014-05-06 | 2020-06-16 | The Johns Hopkins University | Metal/radiometal-labeled PSMA inhibitors for PSMA-targeted imaging and radiotherapy |
US10112974B2 (en) * | 2014-08-24 | 2018-10-30 | Max-Planck-Gesellschaft Zur Foerderung Der Wissenschaften E.V. | Method for the production of 18F-labeled active esters and their application exemplified by the preparation of a PSMA-specific PET-tracer |
CA2959726A1 (en) * | 2014-09-08 | 2016-03-17 | Molecular Insight Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Organ protection in psma-targeted radionuclide therapy of prostate cancer |
US11420910B2 (en) * | 2014-10-30 | 2022-08-23 | Katholieke Universitet Leuven | Methods for low temperature fluorine-18 radiolabeling of biomolecules |
US10688200B2 (en) * | 2015-12-31 | 2020-06-23 | Five Eleven Pharma Inc. | Urea-based prostate specific membrane antigen (PSMA) inhibitors for imaging and therapy |
KR20230147751A (en) * | 2016-03-22 | 2023-10-23 | 더 존스 홉킨스 유니버시티 | Prostate-specific membrane antigen targeted high-affinity agents for endoradiotherapy of prostate cancer |
-
2018
- 2018-05-30 JP JP2019566594A patent/JP2020522506A/en active Pending
- 2018-05-30 US US16/617,244 patent/US11478558B2/en active Active
- 2018-05-30 EP EP18808999.9A patent/EP3630733A4/en active Pending
- 2018-05-30 CN CN201880049933.6A patent/CN111032632B/en active Active
- 2018-05-30 WO PCT/US2018/035220 patent/WO2018222778A1/en active Application Filing
-
2022
- 2022-10-24 US US18/049,288 patent/US20230147035A1/en active Pending
-
2023
- 2023-08-04 JP JP2023127925A patent/JP2023159182A/en active Pending
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
EP3630733A4 (en) | 2021-03-17 |
EP3630733A1 (en) | 2020-04-08 |
CN111032632B (en) | 2024-04-12 |
US20200306391A1 (en) | 2020-10-01 |
US11478558B2 (en) | 2022-10-25 |
JP2023159182A (en) | 2023-10-31 |
WO2018222778A1 (en) | 2018-12-06 |
CN111032632A (en) | 2020-04-17 |
JP2020522506A (en) | 2020-07-30 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US20230147035A1 (en) | Prostate-specific membrane antigen targeted high-affinity agents for endoradiotherapy of prostate cancer | |
US20220135529A1 (en) | Metal/radiometal-labeled psma inhibitors for psma-targeted imaging and radiotherapy | |
US11911488B2 (en) | Scaffolds and multifunctional intermediates for imaging PSMA and cancer therapy | |
US20230015736A1 (en) | Prostate-specific membrane antigen targeted high-affinity agents for endoradiotherapy of prostate cancer | |
JP2020522506A5 (en) | ||
US20240140971A1 (en) | Psma targeted radiohalogenated ureas for cancer radiotherapy | |
US20210040126A1 (en) | 68Ga-LABELED NOTA-CHELATED PSMA-TARGETED IMAGING AND THERAPEUTIC AGENTS | |
US11078166B2 (en) | Triazole conjugated ureas, thioureas, carbamates, and reversed carbamates for PSMA-targeted imaging agents and uses thereof | |
AU2018250609B2 (en) | Prodrugs of 2-PMPA for healthy tissue protection during PSMA-targeted cancer imaging or radiotherapy | |
WO2016149188A1 (en) | 68Ga-LABELED NOTA-CHELATED PSMA-TARGETED IMAGING AND THERAPEUTIC AGENTS | |
AU2017263630B2 (en) | Nuclear imaging and radiotherapeutics agents targeting carbonic anhydrase IX and uses thereof | |
US10857246B2 (en) | Nuclear imaging and radiotherapeutics agents targeting carbonic anhydrase IX and uses thereof | |
CN118146170A (en) | High affinity agents for prostate specific membrane antigen targeting for intracavity radiation therapy of prostate cancer | |
CN111285918B (en) | Metal/radiometal labeled PSMA inhibitors for PSMA-targeted imaging and radiation therapy |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: THE JOHNS HOPKINS UNIVERSITY, MARYLAND Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:RAY, SANGEETA;POMPER, MARTIN G.;SIGNING DATES FROM 20170927 TO 20171016;REEL/FRAME:061521/0983 |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED |